[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025209317A1 - Channel feedback information transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Channel feedback information transmission method and apparatus

Info

Publication number
WO2025209317A1
WO2025209317A1 PCT/CN2025/085469 CN2025085469W WO2025209317A1 WO 2025209317 A1 WO2025209317 A1 WO 2025209317A1 CN 2025085469 W CN2025085469 W CN 2025085469W WO 2025209317 A1 WO2025209317 A1 WO 2025209317A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
spatial
information
basis
channel feedback
frequency domain
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2025/085469
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
柴晓萌
田洋
刘礼福
孙琰
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025209317A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025209317A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413MIMO systems
    • H04B7/0456Selection of precoding matrices or codebooks, e.g. using matrices antenna weighting
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for transmitting channel feedback information.
  • base stations need to obtain downlink channel state information (CSI) to determine the downlink data channel resources, modulation and coding scheme (MCS), precoding, and other configurations for scheduling terminals.
  • Terminals can obtain CSI by measuring downlink reference signals and send it to the base station.
  • terminals that support codebook features can use a codebook-based approach for CSI feedback.
  • terminals can provide CSI feedback based on AI models.
  • model monitoring is necessary to monitor the performance of the AI models. This requires terminals to send true CSI to the base station for model monitoring.
  • terminals that support codebook features can use a codebook-based approach to transmit true CSI.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and apparatus for transmitting channel feedback information, which are used to reduce the transmission overhead of the channel feedback information while taking into account the accuracy of the channel feedback information.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to terminals that do not support codebook characteristics.
  • the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a process of transmitting channel feedback information between a first device and a second device.
  • the first device and the second device have wireless communication capabilities, and the second device can send channel feedback information to the first device, and the first device can also send channel feedback information to the second device.
  • the channel feedback information can be obtained by the second device based on the first signal sent by the first device.
  • the first signal is used for channel measurement, and the channel measurement result can be used for resource scheduling, etc.
  • the first signal can be a reference signal, for example, a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) or a synchronization signal block (SSB).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • the channel feedback information is used to indicate the channel quality between the first device and the second device, or can be information used to characterize the channel, such as channel response, channel characteristics (composed of eigenvectors of channel response), precoding matrix, etc.
  • An example of the channel feedback information is CSI.
  • the first device may be a network-side device, for example, the first device may be a base station, and the second device may be a terminal-side device.
  • the network-side device may be a network device, or a module (such as a chip) in a network device, or software containing network device functions (such as a control subsystem), or other devices that communicate with the network device, such as an AI network element, which is a server, such as an OTT device or a cloud server.
  • the terminal-side device may be a terminal device, or a module (such as a chip) in a terminal device, or software containing terminal device functions (such as a control subsystem), or other devices that communicate with the terminal device, such as an AI network element, which is a server, such as an OTT device or a cloud server.
  • a module such as a chip
  • software containing terminal device functions such as a control subsystem
  • other devices that communicate with the terminal device, such as an AI network element, which is a server, such as an OTT device or a cloud server.
  • a channel feedback information transmission method which can be applied to a second device, the method comprising: receiving a first signal from a first device; sending channel feedback information to the first device, wherein the channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal, the channel feedback information indicates quantization information of non-zero coefficients and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicates the position of the non-zero coefficients, and the coefficient matrix is obtained based on a spatial basis and a frequency domain basis.
  • the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option;
  • the channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix.
  • the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option;
  • the first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix;
  • the second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix;
  • the third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.
  • the spatial basis is determined based on spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured or predefined; or, the method further includes: sending the spatial oversampling factor selection information to the second device.
  • it further includes: sending configuration information to the second device, the configuration information including first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate the first option, the second option or the third option; after receiving channel feedback information from the second device, it further includes: determining a precoding matrix based on the channel feedback information and the first option, the second option or the third option indicated by the first indication information.
  • the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.
  • the first indication information indicates the second option and the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix;
  • the channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates some vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the some vectors are determined according to the number of spatial bases;
  • the first option, the second option or the third option indicated by the channel feedback information and the first indication information includes: determining the precoding matrix according to the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information and the non-zero coefficient selection information, the spatial basis vectors indicated by the spatial basis selection information and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the first indication information indicates the third option and the frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1;
  • the channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the part of the vectors is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio;
  • the first option, the second option or the third option indicated by the channel feedback information and the first indication information includes: determining the precoding matrix according to the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information and the non-zero coefficient selection information, all vectors in the spatial domain basis matrix and the frequency domain basis vector indicated by the frequency domain basis selection information.
  • before sending the configuration information to the second device it also includes: receiving terminal capability information from the second device, the terminal capability information indicating that the second device does not support the codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • a channel feedback information transmission method which can be applied to a second device, the method comprising: receiving a first signal from a first device; sending first channel feedback information to the first device, the first channel feedback information being obtained by a first AI model based on the first signal, the first AI model being located in the second device; receiving third channel feedback information from the first device, the third channel feedback information being recovered by a second AI model from the first channel feedback information, the second AI model being located in the first device, the third channel feedback information comprising quantization information of non-zero coefficients in a coefficient matrix and non-zero coefficient selection information, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating the positions of the non-zero coefficients, the coefficient matrix being obtained based on a spatial basis and a frequency domain basis.
  • the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option;
  • the first option being: the spatial basis is all vectors in a spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in a frequency domain basis matrix;
  • the second option being: the spatial basis is a portion of vectors in a spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in a frequency domain basis matrix;
  • the third option being: the spatial basis is all vectors in a spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is a portion of vectors in a frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the first device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to determine the first option, the second option, or the third option.
  • the first device before receiving the configuration information from the first device, it also includes: sending terminal capability information to the first device, the terminal capability information indicating that the second device does not support the codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • a channel feedback information transmission method which can be applied to a second device, the method comprising: sending a first signal to a first device; receiving first channel feedback information from the first device, the first channel feedback information being obtained by a first AI model based on the first signal, the first AI model being located in the second device; sending third channel feedback information to the first device, the third channel feedback information being recovered by a second AI model from the first channel feedback information, the second AI model being located in the first device, the third channel feedback information comprising quantization information of non-zero coefficients in a coefficient matrix and non-zero coefficient selection information, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating the position of the non-zero coefficients, the coefficient matrix being obtained based on a spatial basis and a frequency domain basis.
  • the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option;
  • the first option being: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix;
  • the second option being: the spatial basis is a portion of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix;
  • the third option being: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is a portion of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the method further includes: sending configuration information to the second device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to determine the first option, the second option, or the third option.
  • before sending the configuration information to the second device it also includes: receiving terminal capability information from the first device, the terminal capability information indicating that the second device does not support the codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • the first indication information is used to determine the second option, and the first indication information indicates the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix;
  • the channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates some vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the some vectors are determined based on the number of spatial bases.
  • the first indication information is used to determine the third option, and the first indication information indicates the frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1;
  • the channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vector is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio.
  • the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the second option;
  • the third channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix.
  • the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option;
  • the third channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vector is used to determine the coefficient matrix.
  • the third channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.
  • the spatial basis is determined according to spatial oversampling factor selection information
  • the spatial oversampling factor selection information is based on the configuration from the first device, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is predefined.
  • a communication method which can be applied to a second device, the method comprising: sending terminal capability information to a first device, the terminal capability information being used to determine a channel feedback information transmission method; and receiving configuration information from the first device, the configuration information being used to indicate a channel feedback information transmission method that matches the terminal capability information.
  • a communication method which can be applied to a first device, the method including: receiving terminal capability information from the first device, the terminal capability information being used to determine a channel feedback information transmission method; and sending configuration information to the first device, the configuration information being used to indicate a channel feedback information transmission method that matches the terminal capability information.
  • the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports the first channel feedback information transmission method or supports the codebook characteristics;
  • the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates a first option, and the first option is: determining the spatial basis for non-zero coefficients as all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis for determining the non-zero coefficients as all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a second channel feedback information transmission method or supports codebook characteristics;
  • the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates a second option, and the second option is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficient is a part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficient is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the first indication information further indicates the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is smaller than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix.
  • the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a third channel feedback information transmission method or supports codebook characteristics;
  • the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates a third option, and the third option is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficient is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficient is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the first indication information further indicates a frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1.
  • the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.
  • a communication device comprising a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the first aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the fifth aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the sixth aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: one or more processors configured to execute the method as described in any one of the first aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the fifth aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the sixth aspect.
  • a readable storage medium stores a program or instruction.
  • the device executes the method as described in any one of the first aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the fifth aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the sixth aspect.
  • a chip system comprising a processor for supporting a device to implement the method as described in any one of the first aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the fifth aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the sixth aspect.
  • a program product comprising a program; when the program is executed by a processor, the method described in any one of the first aspect, or the method described in any one of the second aspect, or the method described in any one of the third aspect, or the method described in any one of the fourth aspect, or the method described in any one of the fifth aspect, or the method described in any one of the sixth aspect is implemented.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a neuron structure in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the layer relationship of the neural network in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a CSI feedback framework based on AE in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a base station performing model monitoring according to a related art
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a process of performing model monitoring by a terminal provided by the related art
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of another communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework in a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework in a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a CSI transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12a is a flow chart of a CSI transmission and a model monitoring method performed by a network side according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG12 b is a flow chart of another CSI transmission and model monitoring method performed by the network side provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13a is a flow chart of a CSI transmission method and a model monitoring method performed by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG13 b is a flow chart of another CSI transmission method and a model monitoring method performed by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG14 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG17 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • b, wt i , and xi can be decimals, integers (eg, 0, positive integers, or negative integers), or complex numbers.
  • the activation functions of different neurons in a neural network can be the same or different.
  • a neural network generally includes a multi-layer structure, and each layer may include one or more neurons. Increasing the depth and/or width of a neural network can improve the expressive power of the neural network and provide more powerful information extraction and abstract modeling capabilities for complex systems.
  • the depth of a neural network can refer to the number of layers the neural network includes, and the number of neurons included in each layer can be referred to as the width of the layer.
  • the neural network includes an input layer and an output layer. The input layer of the neural network processes the input received by the neurons and passes the result to the output layer, which then obtains the output result of the neural network.
  • the neural network includes an input layer, a hidden layer, and an output layer, as shown in Figure 2.
  • CSI channel quality indication
  • PMI precoding matrix indicator
  • RI rank indicator
  • CRI CSI-RS resource indicator
  • It can also be one or more of channel response information (such as channel response matrix, frequency domain channel response information, time domain channel response information), weight information corresponding to the channel response, reference signal receiving power (RSRP), or signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR).
  • RI indicates the number of downlink transmission layers recommended by the terminal device
  • CQI indicates the modulation and coding scheme supported by the current channel conditions determined by the terminal device
  • PMI indicates the precoding recommended by the terminal device.
  • the number of precoding layers indicated by PMI may correspond to RI.
  • CSI can be replaced by channel information
  • CSI report can be replaced by channel feedback information or channel information report or channel information feedback.
  • the precoding matrix (or eigenmatrix or eigenvector matrix) of each layer can be regarded as the multiplication of three matrices: the spatial basis matrix, the coefficient matrix, and the frequency basis matrix.
  • the codebook (or precoding matrix) of layer 1 can be expressed as:
  • the specific form is related to the antenna port (such as CSI-RS port) form (or arrangement), for example It is related to the number of antenna ports in the horizontal and vertical directions. For example, It can be expressed as:
  • Equation (5) is the frequency domain basis matrix (composed of frequency domain basis vectors), usually a DFT matrix or generated by a DFT matrix, for example
  • the dimension is N 3 ⁇ N 3 and can be expressed as
  • Equation (5) is the coefficient matrix (or projection matrix, or weight matrix), whose dimension is N p ⁇ N 3 , which can be expressed as
  • the l-th layer codebook It can also be expressed as the following formula (7):
  • l 1, 2, 3 , 4. i 2, 5, l is the phase coefficient indication information, used to indicate the phase coefficient.
  • the parameter t ranges from 0 to N 3 - 1.
  • ⁇ t, l is the power normalization factor.
  • L is related to the number of spatial basis vectors.
  • a spatial basis matrix consists of 2L vectors, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first L vectors correspond to one polarization direction, and the last L vectors correspond to the other polarization direction.
  • L is configured by the base station.
  • N1 and N2 are antenna port forms
  • O1 and O2 are spatial oversampling granularity
  • N1 and N2 , O1 and O2 are all configured by the base station.
  • the spatial basis selection information is expressed, and q1 and q2 are expressed by the spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • M ⁇ is the number of frequency domain basis vectors
  • p ⁇ is the selection ratio of the frequency domain basis, which is configured by the base station
  • R is the number of precoding matrix indicator (PMI) subbands (numberOfPMI-SubbandsPerCQI-Subband) for each channel quality indicator (CQI) subband, which is configured by the base station.
  • PMI precoding matrix indicator
  • the spatial basis matrix, frequency domain basis matrix, and coefficient matrix can be reduced in dimensionality, retaining only the spatial and frequency domain basis corresponding to the coefficients with larger values in the coefficient matrix.
  • 2L vectors can be selected from the Np vectors of the spatial basis matrix
  • M vectors (M is an integer greater than or equal to 1) can be selected from the N3 vectors of the frequency domain basis matrix
  • K coefficients (K is an integer greater than or equal to 1) can be selected from the Np * N3 coefficients in the coefficient matrix.
  • Each coefficient can be quantized using Q bits (Q is an integer greater than 0), where the selected coefficients are called non-zero coefficients.
  • Table 1 shows the R16 codebook parameters.
  • p ⁇ (0 ⁇ p ⁇ ⁇ 1) represents the selection ratio of the frequency domain basis
  • R is a parameter configured by the base station
  • ⁇ (0 ⁇ 1) represents the selection ratio of non-zero coefficients.
  • the total number of non-zero coefficients in each layer does not exceed K 0 , and the total number of non-zero coefficients in all layers cannot exceed 2K 0 . in, is the ceiling operator, Represents the rounding of a real number x to the nearest integer not less than x.
  • 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • Model monitoring refers to detecting the performance of the AI model and determining whether the AI model is working properly. If the AI model performance is poor, you can switch to non-AI mode, replace the AI model, or update the AI model.
  • KPI monitoring One model monitoring method, called intermediate key performance indicator (KPI) monitoring, can be used to test the accuracy of AI model outputs. This monitoring method involves obtaining the AI model output and determining whether the AI model's performance meets requirements by comparing the output with the corresponding label or ground-truth. Intermediate KPI monitoring can determine whether the AI model meets requirements based on one or more of the following KPI metrics: generalized cosine similarity (GCS), square generalized cosine similarity (SGCS), and normalized mean square error (NMSE).
  • GCS generalized cosine similarity
  • SGCS square generalized cosine similarity
  • NMSE normalized mean square error
  • Model monitoring can be performed by a network device (such as a base station) or by a terminal.
  • a network device such as a base station
  • a terminal such as a terminal
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of a process for performing model monitoring by a base station.
  • the terminal obtains the true CSI (see step 402) based on the reference signal sent by the base station (see step 401).
  • the terminal compresses and quantizes the true CSI based on the CSI generator to obtain CSI feedback (that is, the CSI feedback is obtained based on AE), and sends the CSI feedback to the base station (see step 403).
  • the terminal also sends the true CSI to the base station (see step 404).
  • the base station uses a CSI reconstructor to recover the CSI feedback from the terminal to obtain recovered CSI, and determines whether the performance of the CSI generator and/or CSI reconstructor meets the requirements based on the recovered CSI and the true CSI from the terminal (see step 405).
  • a terminal supporting the codebook feature can compress and quantize the true CSI using a codebook-based approach and send the compressed and quantized CSI to the base station.
  • a codebook-based approach to quantize the true CSI has low overhead. For example, using the codebook parameters corresponding to a paramCombination-r16 value of 8 for the R16 codebook (see the R16 codebook parameters corresponding to the parameter combination index of 8 in Table 1), the quantized true CSI is less than 500 bits.
  • the values of one or more of the parameters can be appropriately increased, thereby improving the accuracy of the true CSI.
  • the codebook is an independent and optional feature.
  • Some terminals may support AI-CSI features (for example, support for compression and quantization of true CSI based on a CSI generator) but not the codebook feature.
  • true CSI cannot be transmitted using a codebook-based method. Instead, scalar quantization is used to transmit true CSI, resulting in high transmission overhead.
  • the base station can also compress and quantize the recovered CSI using a codebook-based approach and send the compressed and quantized CSI to the terminal. Similarly, for terminals that do not support codebook features, the base station can only transmit the recovered CSI using scalar quantization, resulting in higher transmission overhead.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a channel feedback information transmission method and a related device that can implement the method, which can be used for terminals that do not support codebook characteristics, so that they can take into account both accuracy and transmission overhead when transmitting channel feedback information.
  • the channel feedback information may indicate channel quality, and be used for resource scheduling, etc.
  • An example of the channel feedback information is CSI, which is not limited in the present application.
  • not supporting codebook characteristics can be understood as not supporting the transmission of channel feedback information in a codebook-based manner. For example, taking CSI as an example, for a terminal to send CSI to a base station, a terminal that does not support codebook characteristics does not have the ability to perform one or more of the following operations when quantizing the true value CSI: selecting a spatial basis, selecting a spatial oversampling factor, selecting a frequency domain basis, index rearrangement, etc.
  • a terminal that does not support codebook characteristics after receiving the recovered CSI sent by the base station in a codebook-based manner, does not have one or more of the following capabilities: determining the spatial basis matrix according to the spatial basis selection information, determining the frequency domain basis matrix according to the frequency domain basis selection information, determining the spatial basis matrix according to the spatial oversampling factor, index rearrangement, recovering the precoding matrix according to the spatial basis matrix, the frequency domain basis matrix and the coefficient matrix, and therefore cannot obtain the corresponding coefficient matrix according to the recovered CSI.
  • channel feedback information transmission method when reducing the dimension of the measured coefficient matrix, all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix can be used, thereby eliminating the need to perform spatial basis and/or frequency domain basis selection operations. In this way, even for terminals that do not support codebook characteristics, channel feedback information can be transmitted, and both accuracy and transmission overhead can be taken into account when transmitting channel feedback information.
  • the technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth-generation (5G) or NR systems, LTE systems, LTE FDD systems, LTE TDD systems, wireless local area networks (WLAN) systems, satellite communication systems, future communication systems, or integrated systems of multiple systems.
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • NR fifth-generation
  • LTE systems LTE FDD systems
  • LTE TDD systems wireless local area networks
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • satellite communication systems such as fifth-generation (5G) or NR systems
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine-type communication
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • a device in a communication system can send signals to or receive signals from another device. These signals may include information, signaling, or data.
  • the term "device" can also be replaced by an entity, network entity, network element, communication device, communication module, node, or communication node.
  • This application uses devices as an example for description.
  • a communication system may include at least one terminal and at least one network device.
  • a network device can send downlink signals to a terminal, and/or a terminal can send uplink signals to a network device.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system 1000 used in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes an access network 100 and a core network 200.
  • the communication system 1000 may also include the Internet 300.
  • the access network 100 may include at least one access network device (such as 110a and 110b in Figure 6) and at least one terminal (such as 120a-120j in Figure 6).
  • the terminal is wirelessly connected to the access network device, and the access network device is wirelessly or wiredly connected to the core network.
  • the core network device and the access network device may be independent, distinct physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the access network device may be integrated into the same physical device, or a single physical device may integrate some of the functions of the core network device and some of the functions of the access network device.
  • Terminals and access network devices may be interconnected via wired or wireless connections.
  • Figure 6 is merely a schematic diagram.
  • the communication system may also include other network devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Figure 6.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may include a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may include an access network device or a wireless access network device, such as the network device may be a base station.
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a wireless access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network.
  • RAN wireless access network
  • the base station can broadly cover the following various names, or be replaced with the following names, such as: base station (BS), node B (NodeB), evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (TRP), transmitting point (TP), main station, auxiliary station, multi-standard wireless (motor slide retainer, MSR) node, home station, etc.
  • a RAN node may include a base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (BBU), remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), remote radio head (RRH), central unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), radio unit (RU), positioning node, etc.
  • a base station may be a macro base station, micro base station, relay node, donor node, or similar, or a combination thereof.
  • a base station may also refer to a communication module, modem, or chip used within the aforementioned devices or apparatuses.
  • a base station may also be a mobile switching center, a device that performs base station functions in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, or a device that performs base station functions in future communication systems.
  • a base station may support networks with the same or different access technologies.
  • a RAN node may also be a server, wearable device, vehicle, or vehicle-mounted device.
  • the access network device in vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology may be a roadside unit (RSU).
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • RSU roadside unit
  • a RAN node can be a CU, DU, CU-CP, CU-UP, or RU.
  • the CU and DU can be separate or included in the same network element, such as the BBU.
  • the RU can be included in a radio frequency device or radio unit, such as an RRU, AAU, or RRH.
  • the interface can be an enhanced common public radio interface (eCPRI).
  • eCPRI enhanced common public radio interface
  • the division between the DU and RU is different, corresponding to different types (Categories) of eCPRI, such as eCPRI Category A, B, C, D, E, and F.
  • the DU is configured to implement layer mapping and one or more functions before it (i.e., one or more of coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, and layer mapping), while other functions after layer mapping (for example, one or more of resource element (RE) mapping, digital beamforming (BF), or inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT)/adding a cyclic prefix (CP)) are moved to the RU for implementation.
  • layer mapping i.e., one or more of coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, and layer mapping
  • other functions after layer mapping for example, one or more of resource element (RE) mapping, digital beamforming (BF), or inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT)/adding a cyclic prefix (CP)
  • the processing unit used to implement baseband functions in the BBU is called a baseband high (BBH) unit, and the processing unit used to implement baseband functions in the RRU/AAU/RRH is called a baseband low (BBL) unit.
  • BHB baseband high
  • BBL baseband low
  • CU or CU-CP and CU-UP
  • DU or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art will understand their meanings.
  • O-CU open CU
  • DU may also be called O-DU
  • CU-CP may also be called O-CU-CP
  • CU-UP may also be called O-CU-UP
  • RU may also be called O-RU.
  • Any of the CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application may be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.
  • the device for implementing the functions of the network device can be a network device; it can also be a device that can support the network device to implement the functions, such as a chip system, a hardware circuit, a software module, or a hardware circuit and a software module.
  • the device can be installed in the network device or used in conjunction with the network device.
  • only the device for implementing the functions of the network device is used as an example to illustrate, and does not constitute a limitation on the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a terminal may also be called terminal equipment, user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication equipment, user equipment, or user device. It can be a device with wireless transceiver capabilities.
  • UE user equipment
  • access terminal user unit
  • user station mobile station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote terminal
  • mobile device user terminal
  • wireless communication equipment user equipment
  • user device can be a device with wireless transceiver capabilities.
  • the terminal may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices may also be called wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed using wearable technology for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and independent of smartphones to achieve complete or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as devices that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
  • the apparatus for realizing the functions of the terminal may be a terminal device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the terminal in realizing the functions, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal device or used in conjunction with the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • only the terminal device is used as an example for explanation, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the helicopter or drone 120i in Figure 6 can be configured as a mobile network device.
  • drone 120i is a network device.
  • 120i is a terminal, meaning that communication between 110a and 120i occurs via a wireless air interface protocol.
  • communication between 110a and 120i can also occur via an interface protocol between network devices.
  • 120i is also a network device relative to 110a. Therefore, both network devices and terminals can be collectively referred to as communication devices.
  • 110a and 110b in Figure 6 can be referred to as communication devices with network device functionality
  • 120a-120j in Figure 6 can be referred to as communication devices with terminal functionality.
  • Terminals and network devices can be hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, software functions running on general-purpose hardware, such as virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform), or entities including dedicated or general-purpose hardware devices and software functions. This application does not limit the specific form of terminals and network devices.
  • the number and type of each device in the communication system shown in Figure 6 are for illustration only, and the present application is not limited to this. In actual applications, the communication system may also include more terminals, more access network devices, and other network elements, such as core network equipment, network management and/or network elements for implementing artificial intelligence functions.
  • Figure 7 shows a simplified communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes a network device 110 and at least one terminal, such as the terminal 120 and the terminal 130 shown in Figure 7.
  • the network device 110 and the terminal can communicate via a wireless link.
  • the communication devices in the communication system for example, the network device 110 and the terminal 120, can communicate via multi-antenna technology.
  • an AI module may be configured in the network device 110.
  • an AI module may also be configured in the terminal 120 and/or the terminal 130.
  • the AI module is used to perform AI-related operations, such as constructing a training data set, training an AI model, or monitoring an AI model.
  • Figure 8 shows another simplified communication system architecture diagram applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system shown in Figure 8 also includes an AI network element 140.
  • the AI network element 140 is used to perform AI-related operations, such as building a training data set or training an AI model or AI model monitoring.
  • the AI network element can also be referred to as an AI node, or an AI entity, or an AI module, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device 110 may send data related to the training of the AI model to the AI network element 140, which constructs a training data set and trains the AI model.
  • the data related to the training of the AI model may include data reported by the terminal.
  • the AI network element 140 may send the results of operations related to the AI model to the network device 110, and forward them to the terminal through the network device 110.
  • the results of operations related to the AI model may include at least one of the following: an AI model that has completed training, an evaluation result or a test result of the model, etc.
  • a portion of the trained AI model may be deployed on the network device 110, and another portion may be deployed on the terminal.
  • the trained AI model may be deployed on the network device 110.
  • the trained AI model may be deployed on the terminal.
  • FIG8 illustrates only the example of a direct connection between AI network element 140 and network device 110.
  • AI network element 140 may also be connected to a terminal.
  • AI network element 140 may be connected to both network device 110 and a terminal simultaneously.
  • AI network element 140 may be connected to network device 110 through a third-party network element. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the connection relationship between the AI network element and other network elements.
  • Figures 7 and 8 are simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding.
  • the communication system may also include other devices, such as wireless relay devices and/or wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Figures 7 and 8.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices and multiple terminals. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of network devices and terminals included in the communication system.
  • an AI network element can be deployed in one or more of the following locations in the communication system: access network equipment, terminals, or core network equipment.
  • the AI network element can also be deployed independently, for example, in a location other than any of the aforementioned devices, such as a host or cloud server in an over-the-top (OTT) system.
  • the AI network element can communicate with other devices in the communication system, such as one or more of the following: network equipment, terminals, or core network elements.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of AI network elements.
  • the multiple AI network elements can be divided based on function, for example, different AI network elements are responsible for different functions.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework in a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • network elements in the communication system are connected through interfaces (e.g., NG, Xn) or air interfaces.
  • These network elements such as core network equipment, access network equipment (e.g., RAN nodes), terminals, or one or more devices in operations, administration, and management (OAM) are provided with one or more AI modules (for clarity, only one is shown in Figure 9).
  • the access network equipment can serve as a separate RAN node or include multiple RAN nodes, for example, including CU and DU.
  • the CU and/or DU can also be provided with one or more AI modules.
  • the CU can also be split into CU-CP and CU-UP.
  • One or more AI modules are provided in the CU-CP and/or CU-UP.
  • the AI module is used to implement the corresponding AI function.
  • the AI modules deployed in different network elements may be the same or different.
  • the model of the AI module can implement different functions according to different parameter configurations.
  • the model of the AI module can be configured based on one or more of the following parameters: structural parameters (such as the number of neural network layers, the width of the neural network, the connection relationship between layers, the weight of the neuron, the activation function of the neuron, or at least one of the bias in the activation function), input parameters (such as the type of input parameters and/or the dimension of the input parameters), or output parameters (such as the type of output parameters and/or the dimension of the output parameters).
  • the bias in the activation function can also be called the bias of the neural network.
  • An AI module can have one or more models.
  • a model can infer an output, which includes one or more parameters.
  • the learning, training, or inference processes of different models can be deployed on different nodes or devices, or on the same node or device.
  • the network device may be a network device equipped with one or more AI modules.
  • the network device may be a core network device, an access network device (RAN node), or one or more OAM devices as shown in FIG9 .
  • the AI module may be a RAN intelligent controller (RIC).
  • the AI module may obtain subsets from multiple terminals from a RAN node (e.g., a CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU, and/or RU), reorganize them into training dataset #2, and perform training based on training dataset #2.
  • the near real-time RIC is used for model training and reasoning. For example, it is used to train an AI model and use the AI model for reasoning.
  • the near real-time RIC can obtain network-side and/or terminal-side information from a RAN node (e.g., CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU, and/or RU) and/or a terminal. This information can be used as training data or reasoning data.
  • the near real-time RIC can deliver the reasoning result to the RAN node and/or the terminal.
  • the reasoning result can be exchanged between the CU and the DU, and/or between the DU and the RU.
  • the near real-time RIC delivers the reasoning result to the DU, and the DU sends it to the RU.
  • the near real-time RIC and non-real-time RIC may also be separately configured as a network element.
  • the near real-time RIC and non-real-time RIC may also be part of other devices.
  • the near real-time RIC is configured in a RAN node (e.g., a CU and/or DU), while the non-real-time RIC is configured in an OAM, a cloud server, a core network device, or other network device.
  • channel feedback information transmission method 1 to channel feedback information transmission method 7.
  • the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or the full set of the spatial basis matrix.
  • a spatial basis matrix of dimension Np ⁇ Np is used to determine the coefficient matrix.
  • N1 and N2 are configured by the network device, and the spatial basis matrix is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the network device. Therefore, there is no need to perform the spatial basis selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the spatial basis selection information.
  • the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or in other words, the complete set of the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • a frequency domain basis matrix of dimension N3 ⁇ N3 is used to determine the coefficient matrix.
  • the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the network device. Therefore, there is no need to perform a spatial oversampling factor selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • q1 and q2 used to determine the spatial basis are determined based on the spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • the channel feedback information transmitter selects non-zero coefficients and performs quantization, but does not select a spatial basis, select a frequency basis, or determine spatial oversampling factor selection information. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information and non-zero coefficient quantization information, but does not include spatial basis selection information, spatial oversampling factor selection information, or frequency basis selection information.
  • the coefficient matrix is usually relatively sparse, with some elements having relatively small values or being 0.
  • the terminal may quantize the elements with larger values (called non-zero coefficients) and send them to the network device. That is, the non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information may be all or part of the coefficients in the coefficient matrix that are not 0 (or have large values).
  • the non-zero coefficients may include amplitude coefficients and/or phase coefficients, and the amplitude coefficients may include broadband amplitude coefficients and/or sub-band amplitude coefficients.
  • the quantization method used for the non-zero coefficients may include float32, float16, Nbit, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the non-zero coefficient selection information is used to indicate the position of the non-zero coefficient in the coefficient matrix.
  • the representation method of the non-zero coefficient selection information can be the same as the representation method of the non-zero coefficient selection information in the CSI feedback method based on the R16 codebook.
  • the non-zero coefficient selection information can be a bitmap whose length (i.e., the number of bits) is the same as the number of elements in the coefficient matrix. Each bit indicates a coefficient in the coefficient matrix. Different bit values can indicate whether the coefficient at the corresponding position is fed back as a non-zero coefficient, or in other words, the position of each non-zero coefficient in the channel feedback information in the coefficient matrix can be determined based on the bitmap.
  • the coefficients corresponding to the bits with a value of 1 in the bitmap are non- zero coefficients in the channel feedback information, and the coefficients corresponding to the bits with a value of 0 in the bitmap are non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information.
  • non-zero coefficient selection information may also be represented in other ways, which is not limited in this application.
  • the l-th layer codebook can be the following formula (8):
  • the amplitude coefficient does not distinguish between the full band and the subband. That is, the channel feedback information includes the subband amplitude coefficient but does not include the width amplitude coefficient. Then the l-th layer codebook can be simplified to the following formula (9) based on formula (8):
  • the coefficients do not distinguish between amplitude and phase. That is, the amplitude and phase of the coefficients can be uniformly quantized, for example, by float32 or float16 or N-bit quantization. Then, the l-th layer codebook can be simplified to the following formula (10) based on formula (9):
  • Information is represented by quantized coefficients.
  • the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission method 1 through coefficient projection and coefficient quantization. That is to say, a terminal that supports matrix multiplication and scalar quantization can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method 1.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as basis selection (including spatial basis and frequency domain basis), spatial oversampling factor selection and index rearrangement, thereby reducing the channel feedback information transmission requirements for terminal capabilities.
  • the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.
  • the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or the full set of the spatial basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the spatial basis selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial basis selection information.
  • the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or the full set of the frequency domain basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the frequency domain basis selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the frequency domain basis selection information.
  • the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is determined by the transmitter of the channel feedback information. Therefore, the channel feedback information includes the spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • the spatial oversampling factor selection information may include one or more parameters, which may indicate or determine q 1 and q 2 , thereby determining the spatial basis.
  • the spatial oversampling factor selection information in the current protocol includes the following parameter i 1,1 , i.e., q 1 and q 2 may be jointly indicated by the parameter i 1,1 .
  • i 1,1 i.e., q 1 and q 2
  • q 1 and q 2 may each be represented by 2 bits, i 1,1 being 4 bits, with the first two bits representing q 1 and the last two bits representing q 2 .
  • the method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission method 2 through coefficient projection and coefficient quantization. That is to say, the terminal that supports matrix multiplication and scalar quantization can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method 2.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as basis selection (including spatial basis and frequency domain basis) and index rearrangement, thereby reducing the requirements of the terminal capability for channel feedback information transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.
  • the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a portion of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or a subset of the spatial basis matrix.
  • 2L vectors can be selected from the spatial basis matrix of dimension Np ⁇ Np to determine the coefficient matrix. That is, L ⁇ N 1 N 2 .
  • N 1 and N 2 are configured by the network device, and the spatial basis matrix is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the network device.
  • the channel feedback information includes spatial basis selection information, which indicates 2L spatial basis selection information selected from the spatial basis matrix.
  • the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or the full set of the frequency domain basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the frequency domain basis selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the frequency domain basis selection information.
  • the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is configured, preconfigured or predefined by the network device, so there is no need to perform the spatial oversampling factor selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • the channel feedback information transmitter selects non-zero coefficients and performs quantization, selects a spatial basis, and does not select a frequency basis or determine spatial oversampling factor selection information. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, and spatial basis selection information, but does not include frequency basis selection information or spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • the spatial basis selection information indicates the spatial basis selected from the spatial basis matrix. Taking the first layer codebook of the R16 codebook shown in formula (7) as an example, the spatial basis selection information may indicate and pass and You can determine the corresponding That is, determining or indicating the airspace basis.
  • the spatial basis selection information may include one or more parameters, which may indicate or determine and Then, the spatial basis can be indicated or determined.
  • the method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.
  • the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a subset of the spatial basis matrix, that is, L ⁇ N 1 N 2
  • the l-th layer codebook can be the following formula (11):
  • the amplitude coefficient may not distinguish between the full band and the sub-band. That is, the channel feedback information includes the sub-band amplitude coefficient but does not include the width amplitude coefficient. This can further simplify the above formula (11). For the specific implementation, please refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method.
  • the coefficients do not distinguish between amplitude and phase, that is, the amplitude and phase of the coefficients can be uniformly quantized, which can further simplify the above formula (11).
  • the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method please refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method.
  • the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission method three through coefficient projection, coefficient quantization, and spatial basis selection.
  • a terminal that supports matrix multiplication, scalar quantization, and spatial basis selection can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method three.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as frequency domain basis selection and index permutation, thereby reducing the requirements for terminal capabilities for channel feedback information transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.
  • the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or the full set of the spatial basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the spatial basis selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial basis selection information.
  • the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a portion of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or in other words, a subset of the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • M v vectors can be selected from the frequency domain basis matrix of dimension N 3 ⁇ N 3 to determine the coefficient matrix, where M v ⁇ N 3.
  • the channel feedback information includes frequency domain basis selection information, which indicates the M v frequency domain basis selected from the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is configured, preconfigured or predefined by the network device, so there is no need to perform the spatial oversampling factor selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • the frequency domain basis selection information indicates the frequency domain basis selected from the frequency domain basis matrix. Taking the first layer codebook of the R16 codebook shown in formula (7) as an example, the frequency domain basis selection information can indicate pass The corresponding frequency domain basis vector can be determined
  • the method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.
  • the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a subset of the frequency domain basis, that is, M ⁇ ⁇ N 3 .
  • the l-th layer codebook can be the following formula (12):
  • the amplitude coefficient may not distinguish between the full band and the sub-band. That is, the channel feedback information includes the sub-band amplitude coefficient but does not include the width amplitude coefficient. This can further simplify the above formula (11). For the specific implementation, please refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method.
  • the coefficients do not distinguish between amplitude and phase, that is, the amplitude and phase of the coefficients can be uniformly quantized, which can further simplify the above formula (11).
  • the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method please refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method.
  • the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is determined by the transmitter of the channel feedback information, so the channel feedback information includes the spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • the channel feedback information transmitter selects and quantizes non-zero coefficients, selects a spatial basis, and determines spatial oversampling factor selection information, but does not select a frequency domain basis. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, spatial basis selection information, and spatial oversampling factor selection information, but does not include frequency domain basis selection information.
  • the method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.
  • the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix, or in other words, a subset of the frequency domain basis matrix. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes frequency domain basis selection information indicating M frequency domain basis selected from the spatial domain basis matrix.
  • the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is determined by the transmitter of the channel feedback information, so the channel feedback information includes the spatial oversampling factor selection information.
  • the channel feedback information transmitter selects non-zero coefficients and performs quantization, selects a frequency domain basis, and does not select a spatial domain basis or determine spatial domain oversampling factor selection information. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, frequency domain basis selection information, and spatial domain oversampling factor selection information, but does not include spatial domain basis selection information.
  • the method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission mode 6 through coefficient projection, coefficient quantization, frequency domain basis selection, and spatial domain oversampling factor selection information determination.
  • a terminal that supports matrix multiplication, scalar quantization, frequency domain basis matrix selection, and spatial domain oversampling factor selection information determination can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 6.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as spatial domain basis selection, thereby reducing the requirements of the terminal capability for channel feedback information transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.
  • the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix, or in other words, a subset of the frequency domain basis matrix. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes frequency domain basis selection information indicating M frequency domain basis selection information selected from the spatial domain basis matrix.
  • the method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.
  • the channel feedback information transmission method provided in some embodiments of the present application is described using the R16 codebook as an example, the R16 codebook can also be replaced with other codebooks, such as the R17 codebook or the R18 codebook, etc., and its implementation principle is the same as that of the R16 codebook, and the requirements for terminal capabilities can also be reduced.
  • Figure 11 shows a flow chart of a channel feedback information transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The flow is described by taking the second device sending channel feedback information to the first device as an example.
  • Step 1101 A first device sends a first signal to a second device.
  • the second device measures the first signal to obtain signal measurement information, determines a coefficient matrix based on the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis and the signal measurement information, then selects non-zero coefficients from the coefficient matrix, quantizes the non-zero coefficients, and obtains channel feedback information.
  • the channel feedback information is used to indicate the quantization information and non-zero coefficient selection information of the non-zero coefficients in the coefficient matrix.
  • the non-zero coefficient selection information is used to indicate the position of the non-zero coefficients fed back via the channel feedback information in the coefficient matrix.
  • the representation of the non-zero coefficient selection information can refer to the relevant content in the aforementioned embodiments.
  • the non-zero coefficients can include quantized amplitude coefficients and/or phase coefficients, and the amplitude coefficients can include wideband amplitude coefficients and/or subband amplitude coefficients.
  • the relevant description of the non-zero coefficients and the quantization method refer to the relevant content in the aforementioned embodiments.
  • the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients is determined by the second device according to the accuracy requirement of the channel feedback information configured by the first device.
  • the second device determines the coefficient matrix using all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, that is, the spatial basis and frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix satisfy the first option, then the second device does not need to perform spatial basis selection and frequency domain basis selection operations. Accordingly, the channel feedback information does not include spatial basis selection information and frequency domain basis selection information.
  • the channel feedback information does not include spatial basis selection information and frequency domain basis selection information.
  • the second device may select a spatial basis from the spatial basis matrix based on the number of spatial basis configured by the first device. For example, taking the R16 codebook as an example, if the number of spatial basis configured by the first device is L, the second device may select 2L spatial basis from the spatial basis matrix. In another possible implementation, the second device may select a spatial basis from the spatial basis matrix based on the accuracy requirement of the channel feedback information configured by the first device. For example, the higher the accuracy requirement, the greater the number of spatial basis selected.
  • the spatial oversampling factor selection information is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the first device. Accordingly, the second device may determine the spatial basis based on the spatial oversampling factor selection information, and may not need to send the spatial oversampling factor selection information to the first device.
  • the first indication information may be an index or number of the first option, the second option, the third option, or the fourth option.
  • the first indication information is 2-bit information, and when the value of the 2-bit information is 0, it indicates the first option; when the value of the 2-bit information is 1, it indicates the second option; and when the value of the 2-bit information is 2, it indicates the third option.
  • the first indication information is 3-bit information, and when the value of the 3-bit information is 0, it indicates the first option; when the value of the 3-bit information is 1, it indicates the second option; when the value of the 3-bit information is 2, it indicates the third option; and when the value of the 3-bit information is 3, it indicates the fourth option. This approach can reduce signaling overhead.
  • the fourth parameter combination includes: the number of spatial basis L ⁇ 1/2N p (i.e., indicating that the coefficient matrix is determined by using some vectors in the spatial basis matrix), and the frequency domain basis selection ratio p ⁇ ⁇ 1 (i.e., indicating that the coefficient matrix is determined by using some vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix).
  • the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode one or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode two, and may determine to use all vectors in the spatial basis matrix according to the number of spatial basis L in the first parameter combination, and determine to use all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio p ⁇ ;
  • the first indication information is a second parameter combination
  • the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode three or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode five may be adopted, and may select 2L vectors from the spatial basis matrix according to the number of spatial basis L in the first parameter combination, and determine to use all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio p ⁇
  • the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode four or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode six, and may determine to use all vectors in
  • the terminal capability information may indicate one or more of the following:
  • the terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support the codebook feature, or does not support the codebook feature defined by the current protocol, such as not supporting the R16 codebook feature;
  • the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports determining the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.
  • the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports one of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission modes one to seven.
  • the terminal capability information may include second indication information, and the second indication information indicates one of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission modes one to seven.
  • the second indication information is 3-bit information. When the 3-bit information is 0, it indicates that the second device supports the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode one. When the 3-bit information is 1, it indicates that the second device supports the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode two, and so on.
  • the terminal capability information may also indicate that the second device supports codebook characteristics.
  • the first device may also configure the second device to use one of the channel feedback information transmission modes 1 to 7 to feed back channel feedback information through configuration information.
  • Step 1201 The network device sends a first signal to the terminal.
  • step 1101 in Figure 11 For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1101 in Figure 11.
  • Step 1202 The terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model according to the first signal.
  • the terminal measures the first signal to obtain signal measurement information, which is then input into a first AI model to obtain first channel feedback information output by the first AI model.
  • the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on true channel feedback information.
  • the true channel feedback information may be signal measurement information obtained directly by measurement without quantization or compression.
  • Step 1203 The terminal sends second channel feedback information to the network device.
  • the terminal determines second channel feedback information based on signal measurement information obtained by measuring the first signal, and sends the second channel feedback information to the network device.
  • the terminal can use one of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission modes 1 to 7 to send the second channel feedback information to the network device.
  • the first channel feedback information is input into the second AI model to obtain the third channel feedback information output by the second AI model.
  • the network device determines whether the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model meets the requirements by comparing the difference between the KPI indicator of the third channel feedback information and the performance KPI indicator of the second channel feedback information.
  • the KPI indicator may include one or more of the following: GCS, SGCS, mean square error (MSE) or NMSE, etc., which are not limited in this application.
  • w i is the true channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the second channel feedback information.
  • N is the number of resource units. ⁇ wi ⁇ represents the modulus or norm of matrix w i .
  • the KPI indicator when the KPI indicator is SGCS, the KPI indicator satisfies the following formula (14):
  • w i is the true channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the second channel feedback information.
  • the KPI indicator when the KPI indicator is MSE, the KPI indicator satisfies the following formula (15):
  • the KPI indicator when the KPI indicator is NMSE, the KPI indicator satisfies the following formula (16):
  • w i is the true channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the second channel feedback information.
  • the process shown in FIG12a can also be applied to a channel state prediction scenario.
  • the terminal can use the channel response obtained based on historical signal measurements to obtain channel feedback information and send it to the network device to predict the channel state.
  • a first AI model is provided on the terminal side, which is used to predict channel feedback information based on one or more second signals (the one or more second signals are no later than the first signal, or the second signal is a historical signal).
  • the terminal sends the predicted channel feedback information (here referred to as the first channel feedback information) to the network device.
  • the terminal device also uses the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to send second channel feedback information to the network device.
  • the second channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal.
  • the second channel feedback information is the true value channel feedback information corresponding to the first channel feedback information.
  • the second channel feedback information can be used to monitor the performance of the first AI model.
  • the channel state prediction performance of the first AI can be evaluated based on the first channel feedback information and the second channel feedback information.
  • the first channel state information is restored by the second AI model, and the performance of the first AI is evaluated based on the restored channel state information and the second channel feedback information, or the performance of the second AI model is evaluated, or the performance of the first AI model and the second AI model is evaluated.
  • a first AI model is provided on the terminal side, and the terminal uses the first AI model and obtains predicted channel feedback information based on one or more second signals (the one or more second signals are no later than the first signal), and the predicted channel feedback information is compressed and quantized by the first AI model (referred to as the first channel state information here).
  • the terminal sends the first channel feedback information to the network device.
  • the terminal device also uses the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to send second channel feedback information to the network device.
  • the second channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal, and the second channel feedback information is the true value channel feedback information corresponding to the first channel feedback information.
  • the first channel state information is restored by the second AI model, and the performance of the first AI is evaluated based on the restored channel state information and the second channel feedback information, or the performance of the second AI model is evaluated, or the performance of the first AI model and the second AI model is evaluated.
  • an association relationship may be established between the predicted channel feedback information and the true channel feedback information obtained based on the first signal.
  • an association relationship may be established between the predicted channel feedback information and the true channel feedback information.
  • an association relationship may be established between the channel feedback information predicted based on the first signal at the first time (or first time period) in history and the true channel feedback information obtained based on the current first signal.
  • FIG. 12b Based on the system architecture shown in any of Figures 6 to 10, refer to Figure 12b for another flow chart of a model monitoring scenario performed by the network side provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal includes a first AI model, which is used to compress the channel feedback information, or to compress and quantize the channel feedback information.
  • the AI network element includes a second AI model, which can restore the received channel feedback information or the dequantized channel feedback information.
  • the first AI model and the second AI model can refer to the architecture shown in Figure 3.
  • the AI network element has a model monitoring function. The description of the network device and the terminal can refer to the aforementioned embodiment and will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1211 The network device sends a first signal to the terminal.
  • step 1101 in Figure 11 For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1101 in Figure 11.
  • Step 1212a The terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on the first signal.
  • step 1202 in Figure 12a For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1202 in Figure 12a.
  • Step 1212b The network device sends the received first channel feedback information to the AI network element.
  • Step 1213a The terminal sends second channel feedback information to the network device.
  • step 1203 in Figure 12a For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1203 in Figure 12a.
  • Step 1213b The network device sends the second channel feedback information to the AI network element.
  • Step 1214 The AI network element recovers the first channel feedback information based on the second AI model to obtain third channel feedback information, and performs model monitoring based on the third channel feedback information and the second channel feedback information, that is, monitors the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model.
  • step 1204 in Figure 12a For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1204 in Figure 12a.
  • the process shown in Figure 12b may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device.
  • the process shown in Figure 12b may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device.
  • the process shown in Figure 12b above can also be applied to the channel state prediction scenario.
  • the terminal can use the channel response obtained based on historical signal measurements to obtain channel feedback information and send it to the network device to achieve channel state prediction.
  • the implementation method in the channel prediction and model monitoring scenarios can refer to the aforementioned embodiment. The difference is that the operation of performing channel feedback information recovery on the network side can be implemented by the AI network element set on the network side.
  • the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to the model monitoring scenario implemented on the terminal side.
  • the process in the model monitoring scenario executed by the terminal side is explained below in combination with Figures 13a and 13b.
  • a flow chart of a model monitoring scenario performed by the terminal side provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process is described using a network device and a terminal as an example.
  • the terminal includes a first AI model, which is used to compress and quantize channel feedback information.
  • the network device includes a second AI model, which can recover the received channel feedback information.
  • the first AI model and the second AI model can refer to the architecture shown in Figure 3.
  • the description of the network device and the terminal can refer to the aforementioned embodiment and will not be repeated here.
  • the process includes the following steps:
  • Step 1301 The network device sends a first signal to the terminal.
  • step 1101 in Figure 11 For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1101 in Figure 11.
  • Step 1302 The terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device.
  • the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on the first signal, or in other words, the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on true channel feedback information.
  • the true channel feedback information here can be signal measurement information obtained directly without quantization or compression.
  • step 1202 in Figure 12a For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1202 in Figure 12a.
  • Step 1303 The network device recovers the first channel feedback information to obtain third channel feedback information.
  • the first channel feedback information is input into the second AI model to obtain the third channel feedback information output by the second AI model.
  • Step 1304 The network device sends the third channel feedback information to the terminal.
  • the network device may use one of the channel feedback information transmission modes 1 to 7 to send the third channel feedback information to the terminal.
  • Step 1305 The terminal performs model monitoring based on the third channel feedback information and the true channel feedback information, that is, monitors the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model.
  • model monitoring For the specific implementation of model monitoring, please refer to the relevant content in step 1204 in Figure 12a.
  • the process shown in Figure 13a may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device.
  • the process shown in Figure 13a may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device.
  • the process shown in FIG. 13a can also be applied to a channel state prediction scenario.
  • the terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device based on the first signal received historically.
  • the network device can determine a precoding matrix based on the first channel feedback information, thereby using the first signal received historically to predict the precoding matrix.
  • FIG. 13b Based on the system architecture shown in any of Figures 6 to 10, refer to Figure 13b for another flow chart of a model monitoring scenario performed by the terminal side provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process is described using a network device and a terminal as an example.
  • the terminal includes a first AI model, which is used to compress and quantize channel feedback information.
  • the network device includes a second AI model, which can restore the received channel feedback information.
  • the first AI model and the second AI model can refer to the architecture shown in Figure 3.
  • the architecture also includes an AI network element, which has a model monitoring function. The description of the network device and the terminal can refer to the aforementioned embodiment and will not be repeated here.
  • the process includes the following steps:
  • Step 1311 The network device sends a first signal to the terminal.
  • step 1101 in Figure 11 For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1101 in Figure 11.
  • Step 1312a The terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device.
  • the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on the first signal, or in other words, the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on true channel feedback information.
  • the true channel feedback information here can be signal measurement information obtained directly without quantization or compression.
  • step 1202 in Figure 12a For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1202 in Figure 12a.
  • Step 1312b The terminal sends the true value channel feedback information to the AI network element.
  • the terminal may quantize the true channel feedback information before sending it to the AI network element to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the first channel feedback information is input into the second AI model to obtain the third channel feedback information output by the second AI model.
  • Step 1314a The network device sends the third channel feedback information to the terminal.
  • Step 1314b The terminal sends the third channel feedback information to the AI network element.
  • Step 1315 The AI network element performs model monitoring based on the third channel feedback information and the true channel feedback information, that is, monitors the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model.
  • model monitoring For the specific implementation of model monitoring, please refer to the relevant content in step 1204 in Figure 12a.
  • the process shown in Figure 13b may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device.
  • the process shown in Figure 13b may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device.
  • the process shown in FIG13b above can also be applied to a channel state prediction scenario.
  • the terminal sends the first channel feedback information to the network device, which is determined by the terminal based on a first signal received historically.
  • the network device can determine the precoding matrix based on the first channel feedback information, thereby using the historical first signal to predict the precoding matrix.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, in which the second device can report terminal capability information to the first device, and the first device can send configuration information to the second device based on the terminal capability information to configure the transmission of channel feedback information of the second device.
  • the first device may be a network side device, for example, the first device may be a base station, and the second device may be a terminal side device.
  • the network side device may be a network device, or a module (such as a chip) in a network device, or software (such as a control subsystem) containing the functions of a network device, etc.
  • the terminal side device may be a terminal device, or a module (such as a chip) in a terminal device, or software (such as a control subsystem) containing the functions of a terminal device, etc.
  • the process may include the following steps:
  • Step 1401 The second device sends terminal capability information to the first device, where the terminal capability information is used to determine a channel feedback information transmission method.
  • the channel feedback information transmission capability may include one or more of the following:
  • Capability 4 Supporting CSI scalar quantization. That is, the second device supports directly performing scalar quantization on elements in the channel feedback information.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A channel feedback information transmission method and apparatus, relating to the technical field of wireless communications. The method comprises: a second device receives a first signal from a first device; and the second device sends channel feedback information to the first device, the channel feedback information indicating non-zero coefficient quantization information and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, and the coefficient matrix being obtained on the basis of a spatial domain basis and a frequency domain basis. The spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy a first option, a second option, or a third option; the first option is that the spatial domain basis consists of all the vectors in a spatial domain basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis consists of all the vectors in a frequency domain basis matrix; the second option is that the spatial domain basis consists of a subset of vectors in the spatial domain basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis consists of all the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; and the third option is that the spatial domain basis consists of all the vectors in the spatial domain basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis consists of a subset of vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

Description

一种信道反馈信息传输方法及装置A method and device for transmitting channel feedback information

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请要求在2024年4月3日提交中华人民共和国国家知识产权局、申请号为202410417546.0、发明名称为“一种信道反馈信息传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on April 3, 2024, with application number 202410417546.0 and invention name "A channel feedback information transmission method and device", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference into this application.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信道反馈信息传输方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for transmitting channel feedback information.

背景技术Background Art

无线通信系统中,基站需要获取下行信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI),用以决定调度终端的下行数据信道的资源、调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)、预编码等配置。终端可以通过对下行参考信号进行测量获得CSI,并将CSI发送给基站。为了降低CSI的传输开销,支持码本特性的终端可以采用基于码本的方式进行CSI反馈。In wireless communication systems, base stations need to obtain downlink channel state information (CSI) to determine the downlink data channel resources, modulation and coding scheme (MCS), precoding, and other configurations for scheduling terminals. Terminals can obtain CSI by measuring downlink reference signals and send it to the base station. To reduce CSI transmission overhead, terminals that support codebook features can use a codebook-based approach for CSI feedback.

在引入人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)技术的无线通信系统中,终端可以基于AI模型进行CSI反馈。在AI引入无线通信网络的情况下,需要通过模型监控以检测AI模型的性能,这就需要终端将真值CSI发送给基站以执行模型监控。为了降低CSI开销,支持码本特性的终端可以采用基于码本的方式传输真值CSI。In wireless communication systems that incorporate artificial intelligence (AI) technology, terminals can provide CSI feedback based on AI models. When AI is introduced into wireless communication networks, model monitoring is necessary to monitor the performance of the AI models. This requires terminals to send true CSI to the base station for model monitoring. To reduce CSI overhead, terminals that support codebook features can use a codebook-based approach to transmit true CSI.

对于不支持码本特性的终端,如何在兼顾CSI精度的同时降低CSI的传输开销是目前需要解决的问题。For terminals that do not support the codebook feature, how to reduce the CSI transmission overhead while taking into account CSI accuracy is a problem that needs to be solved.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

本申请实施例提供了一种信道反馈信息传输方法及装置,用以在兼顾信道反馈信息精度的同时降低信道反馈信息的传输开销,本申请实施例可以应用于不支持码本特性的终端。The embodiments of the present application provide a method and apparatus for transmitting channel feedback information, which are used to reduce the transmission overhead of the channel feedback information while taking into account the accuracy of the channel feedback information. The embodiments of the present application can be applied to terminals that do not support codebook characteristics.

本申请实施例可以应用于第一设备和第二设备之间传输信道反馈信息的过程。所述第一设备和所述第二设备具备无线通信功能,所述第二设备可以向第一设备发送信道反馈信息,所述第一设备也可以向第二设备发送信道反馈信息。The embodiment of the present application can be applied to a process of transmitting channel feedback information between a first device and a second device. The first device and the second device have wireless communication capabilities, and the second device can send channel feedback information to the first device, and the first device can also send channel feedback information to the second device.

所述信道反馈信息可以由第二设备根据第一设备发送的第一信号获得。所述第一信号用于信道测量,信道测量结果可以用于资源调度等。所述第一信号可以是参考信号,例如可以是信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)或同步信号块(synchronizing signal/physical broadcast channel block,SSB)。所述信道反馈信息用于指示第一设备和第二设备之间的信道质量,或者可以是用于表征信道的信息,例如信道响应,信道特征(由信道响应的特征向量构成),预编码矩阵等。所述信道反馈信息的一种示例为CSI。The channel feedback information can be obtained by the second device based on the first signal sent by the first device. The first signal is used for channel measurement, and the channel measurement result can be used for resource scheduling, etc. The first signal can be a reference signal, for example, a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) or a synchronization signal block (SSB). The channel feedback information is used to indicate the channel quality between the first device and the second device, or can be information used to characterize the channel, such as channel response, channel characteristics (composed of eigenvectors of channel response), precoding matrix, etc. An example of the channel feedback information is CSI.

所述第一设备可以是网络侧设备,例如第一设备可以是基站,所述第二设备可以是终端侧设备。所述网络侧设备可以是网络设备,或者是网络设备中的模块(如芯片),或者是包含有网络设备功能的软件(如控制子系统),或者是与网络设备通信的其他设备,比如AI网元,该AI网元为服务器,如OTT设备或云服务器等。所述终端侧设备可以终端设备,或者是终端设备中的模块(如芯片),或者是包含有终端设备功能的软件(如控制子系统),或者是与终端设备通信的其他设备,比如AI网元,该AI网元为服务器,如OTT设备或云服务器等。The first device may be a network-side device, for example, the first device may be a base station, and the second device may be a terminal-side device. The network-side device may be a network device, or a module (such as a chip) in a network device, or software containing network device functions (such as a control subsystem), or other devices that communicate with the network device, such as an AI network element, which is a server, such as an OTT device or a cloud server. The terminal-side device may be a terminal device, or a module (such as a chip) in a terminal device, or software containing terminal device functions (such as a control subsystem), or other devices that communicate with the terminal device, such as an AI network element, which is a server, such as an OTT device or a cloud server.

第一方面,提供一种信道反馈信息传输方法,可以应用于第二设备,该方法包括:接收来自第一设备的第一信号;向所述第一设备发送信道反馈信息,所述信道反馈信息根据所述第一信号获得,所述信道反馈信息指示系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得。其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。In a first aspect, a channel feedback information transmission method is provided, which can be applied to a second device, the method comprising: receiving a first signal from a first device; sending channel feedback information to the first device, wherein the channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal, the channel feedback information indicates quantization information of non-zero coefficients and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicates the position of the non-zero coefficients, and the coefficient matrix is obtained based on a spatial basis and a frequency domain basis. The spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option; the first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

上述实现方式中,对于终端向网络设备发送信道反馈信息来说,终端可以无需执行以下一项或多项操作:空域基底选择操作和频域基底选择操作,相应的,终端无需向网络设备发送对应的选择信息。针对不支持码本特性的终端,采用上述实现方式可以在进行信道反馈信息传输时兼顾精度和传输开销。In the above implementation, when a terminal transmits channel feedback information to a network device, the terminal may not need to perform one or more of the following operations: spatial basis selection and frequency basis selection. Accordingly, the terminal does not need to transmit the corresponding selection information to the network device. For terminals that do not support codebook features, the above implementation can achieve a balance between accuracy and transmission overhead when transmitting channel feedback information.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第二选项;所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。In one possible implementation, the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the second option; the channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第三选项;所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。In one possible implementation, the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option; the channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述信道反馈信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。In a possible implementation, the channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine a spatial basis.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底根据空域过采样因子选择信息确定,所述空域过采样因子选择信息基于来自所述第一设备的配置,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预配置的,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预定义的。In one possible implementation, the spatial basis is determined based on spatial oversampling factor selection information, the spatial oversampling factor selection information is based on a configuration from the first device, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is predefined.

一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:向所述第一设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;所述向所述第一设备发送信道反馈信息,包括:向所述第一设备发送第二信道反馈信息,所述第二信道反馈信息用于对所述第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第二AI模型用于对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复。In one possible implementation, the method further includes: sending first channel feedback information to the first device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first AI model based on the first signal, and the first AI model is located on the second device; and sending channel feedback information to the first device includes: sending second channel feedback information to the first device, where the second channel feedback information is used to monitor the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model, the second AI model is located on the first device, and the second AI model is used to recover the first channel feedback information.

一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项;所述向所述第一设备发送信道反馈信息,包括:根据所述第一指示信息确定所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项;根据所述第一选项、第二选项或第三选项确定所述信道反馈信息;向所述第一设备发送所述信道反馈信息。In a possible implementation, it also includes: receiving configuration information from the first device, the configuration information including first indication information, the first indication information being used to determine the first option, the second option or the third option; sending channel feedback information to the first device, including: determining the first option, the second option or the third option based on the first indication information; determining the channel feedback information based on the first option, the second option or the third option; and sending the channel feedback information to the first device.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。In a possible implementation, the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第二选项,所述第一指示信息指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数;所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述空域基底数量确定的;所述系数矩阵根据所述空域基底选择信息指示的空域基底向量和所述频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定。In one possible implementation, the first indication information is used to determine the second option, and the first indication information indicates the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix; the channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates some vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the some vectors are determined based on the number of spatial bases; the coefficient matrix is determined based on the spatial basis vectors indicated by the spatial basis selection information and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于确定第三选项,所述第一指示信息指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1;所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述频域基底选择比例确定的;所述系数矩阵根据所述频域基底选择信息指示的频域基底向量和所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定。In one possible implementation, the first indication information is used to determine the third option, the first indication information indicates the frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1; the channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the part of the vectors is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio; the coefficient matrix is determined according to the frequency domain basis vector indicated by the frequency domain basis selection information and all vectors in the spatial domain basis matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息之前,还包括:向所述第一设备发送终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备不支持码本特性,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵的能力,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量发送信道反馈信息的能力。In one possible implementation, before receiving the configuration information from the first device, it also includes: sending terminal capability information to the first device, the terminal capability information indicating that the second device does not support the codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to send channel feedback information based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

采用上述实现方式,可以根据第二设备(终端)的能力为其配置适当的信道反馈信息传输方式。By adopting the above implementation, an appropriate channel feedback information transmission mode can be configured for the second device (terminal) according to its capability.

第二方面,提供一种信道反馈信息传输方法,可以应用于第一设备,该方法包括:向第二设备发送第一信号;接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息,所述信道反馈信息根据所述第一信号获得,所述信道反馈信息指示系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述信道反馈信息、空域基底和频域基底用于预编码矩阵的确定。其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。In a second aspect, a channel feedback information transmission method is provided, which can be applied to a first device, the method comprising: sending a first signal to a second device; receiving channel feedback information from the second device, the channel feedback information being obtained based on the first signal, the channel feedback information indicating quantization information of non-zero coefficients and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating the position of the non-zero coefficient, the channel feedback information, the spatial basis, and the frequency domain basis being used to determine a precoding matrix. The spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option; the first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第二选项;所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于所述系数矩阵的确定。In one possible implementation, the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the second option; the channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第三选项;所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于所述系数矩阵的确定。In one possible implementation, the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option; the channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述信道反馈信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于所述空域基底的确定。In a possible implementation manner, the channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底根据空域过采样因子选择信息确定,所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预配置的或预定义的;或者,所述方法还包括:向所述第二设备发送空域过采样因子选择信息。In one possible implementation, the spatial basis is determined based on spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured or predefined; or, the method further includes: sending the spatial oversampling factor selection information to the second device.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息之前,还包括:接收来自所述第二设备的第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;所述接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息,包括:接收来自所述第二设备的第二信道反馈信息,所述第二信道反馈信息用于对所述第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第二AI模型用于对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复。In one possible implementation, before receiving the channel feedback information from the second device, the method further includes: receiving first channel feedback information from the second device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first AI model based on the first signal, and the first AI model is located on the second device; and receiving the channel feedback information from the second device includes: receiving second channel feedback information from the second device, where the second channel feedback information is used to monitor the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model, the second AI model is located on the first device, and the second AI model is used to recover the first channel feedback information.

一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:向所述第二设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项;所述接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息之后,还包括:根据所述信道反馈信息以及所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一选项、第二选项或第三选项,确定预编码矩阵。In one possible implementation, it further includes: sending configuration information to the second device, the configuration information including first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate the first option, the second option or the third option; after receiving channel feedback information from the second device, it further includes: determining a precoding matrix based on the channel feedback information and the first option, the second option or the third option indicated by the first indication information.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。In a possible implementation, the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息指示所述第二选项和空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数;所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述空域基底数量确定的;所述根据所述信道反馈信息以及所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一选项、第二选项或第三选项,包括:根据所述信道反馈信息中非零系数的量化信息和所述非零系数选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示的空域基底向量和所述频域基底矩阵中的所有向量,确定所述预编码矩阵。In one possible implementation, the first indication information indicates the second option and the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix; the channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates some vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the some vectors are determined according to the number of spatial bases; the first option, the second option or the third option indicated by the channel feedback information and the first indication information includes: determining the precoding matrix according to the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information and the non-zero coefficient selection information, the spatial basis vectors indicated by the spatial basis selection information and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息指示第三选项和频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1;所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述频域基底选择比例确定的;所述根据所述信道反馈信息以及所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一选项、第二选项或第三选项,包括:根据所述信道反馈信息中非零系数的量化信息和所述非零系数选择信息,所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和所述频域基底选择信息指示的频域基底向量,确定所述预编码矩阵。In one possible implementation, the first indication information indicates the third option and the frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1; the channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the part of the vectors is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio; the first option, the second option or the third option indicated by the channel feedback information and the first indication information includes: determining the precoding matrix according to the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information and the non-zero coefficient selection information, all vectors in the spatial domain basis matrix and the frequency domain basis vector indicated by the frequency domain basis selection information.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述向所述第二设备发送配置信息之前,还包括:接收来自所述第二设备的终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备不支持码本特性,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵的能力。In one possible implementation, before sending the configuration information to the second device, it also includes: receiving terminal capability information from the second device, the terminal capability information indicating that the second device does not support the codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

第三方面,提供一种信道反馈信息传输方法,可以应用于第二设备,该方法包括:接收来自第一设备的第一信号;向所述第一设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;接收来自所述第一设备的第三信道反馈信息,所述第三信道反馈信息由第二AI模型对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第三信道反馈信息包括系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得。其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。In a third aspect, a channel feedback information transmission method is provided, which can be applied to a second device, the method comprising: receiving a first signal from a first device; sending first channel feedback information to the first device, the first channel feedback information being obtained by a first AI model based on the first signal, the first AI model being located in the second device; receiving third channel feedback information from the first device, the third channel feedback information being recovered by a second AI model from the first channel feedback information, the second AI model being located in the first device, the third channel feedback information comprising quantization information of non-zero coefficients in a coefficient matrix and non-zero coefficient selection information, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating the positions of the non-zero coefficients, the coefficient matrix being obtained based on a spatial basis and a frequency domain basis. The spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option; the first option being: the spatial basis is all vectors in a spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in a frequency domain basis matrix; the second option being: the spatial basis is a portion of vectors in a spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in a frequency domain basis matrix; the third option being: the spatial basis is all vectors in a spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is a portion of vectors in a frequency domain basis matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the first device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to determine the first option, the second option, or the third option.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息之前,还包括:向所述第一设备发送终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备不支持码本特性,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵的能力。In one possible implementation, before receiving the configuration information from the first device, it also includes: sending terminal capability information to the first device, the terminal capability information indicating that the second device does not support the codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

第四方面,提供一种信道反馈信息传输方法,可以应用于第二设备,该方法包括:向第一设备发送第一信号;接收来自所述第一设备的第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;向所述第一设备发送第三信道反馈信息,所述第三信道反馈信息由第二AI模型对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第三信道反馈信息包括系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得。其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。In a fourth aspect, a channel feedback information transmission method is provided, which can be applied to a second device, the method comprising: sending a first signal to a first device; receiving first channel feedback information from the first device, the first channel feedback information being obtained by a first AI model based on the first signal, the first AI model being located in the second device; sending third channel feedback information to the first device, the third channel feedback information being recovered by a second AI model from the first channel feedback information, the second AI model being located in the first device, the third channel feedback information comprising quantization information of non-zero coefficients in a coefficient matrix and non-zero coefficient selection information, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating the position of the non-zero coefficients, the coefficient matrix being obtained based on a spatial basis and a frequency domain basis. The spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option; the first option being: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the second option being: the spatial basis is a portion of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the third option being: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is a portion of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:向所述第二设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: sending configuration information to the second device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to determine the first option, the second option, or the third option.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述向所述第二设备发送配置信息之前,还包括:接收来自所述第一设备的终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备不支持码本特性,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵的能力。In one possible implementation, before sending the configuration information to the second device, it also includes: receiving terminal capability information from the first device, the terminal capability information indicating that the second device does not support the codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

基于上述第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息。Based on the third aspect or the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information.

基于上述第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第二选项,所述第一指示信息指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数;所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述空域基底数量确定的。Based on the third aspect or the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation method, the first indication information is used to determine the second option, and the first indication information indicates the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix; the channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates some vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the some vectors are determined based on the number of spatial bases.

基于上述第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于确定第三选项,所述第一指示信息指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1;所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述频域基底选择比例确定的。Based on the above-mentioned third aspect or fourth aspect, in a possible implementation method, the first indication information is used to determine the third option, and the first indication information indicates the frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1; the channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vector is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio.

基于上述第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第二选项;所述第三信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。Based on the above-mentioned third aspect or fourth aspect, in a possible implementation method, the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the second option; the third channel feedback information also includes spatial basis selection information, and the spatial basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix.

基于上述第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第三选项;所述第三信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。Based on the above-mentioned third aspect or fourth aspect, in a possible implementation method, the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option; the third channel feedback information also includes frequency domain basis selection information, and the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vector is used to determine the coefficient matrix.

基于上述第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三信道反馈信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。Based on the third aspect or the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the third channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.

基于上述第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底根据空域过采样因子选择信息确定,所述空域过采样因子选择信息基于来自所述第一设备的配置,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预配置的,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预定义的。Based on the third aspect or the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation method, the spatial basis is determined according to spatial oversampling factor selection information, the spatial oversampling factor selection information is based on the configuration from the first device, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is predefined.

第五方面,提供一种通信方法,可以应用于第二设备,该方法包括:向第一设备发送终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息用于确定信道反馈信息传输方式;接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示与所述终端能力信息匹配的信道反馈信息传输方式。In the fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be applied to a second device, the method comprising: sending terminal capability information to a first device, the terminal capability information being used to determine a channel feedback information transmission method; and receiving configuration information from the first device, the configuration information being used to indicate a channel feedback information transmission method that matches the terminal capability information.

第六方面,提供一种通信方法,可以应用于第一设备,该方法包括:接收来自第一设备的终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息用于确定信道反馈信息传输方式;向所述第一设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示与所述终端能力信息匹配的信道反馈信息传输方式。In the sixth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be applied to a first device, the method including: receiving terminal capability information from the first device, the terminal capability information being used to determine a channel feedback information transmission method; and sending configuration information to the first device, the configuration information being used to indicate a channel feedback information transmission method that matches the terminal capability information.

基于上述第五方面或第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第一信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第一选项,所述第一选项为:确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量。Based on the above-mentioned fifth aspect or sixth aspect, in a possible implementation method, the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports the first channel feedback information transmission method or supports the codebook characteristics; the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates a first option, and the first option is: determining the spatial basis for non-zero coefficients as all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis for determining the non-zero coefficients as all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

基于上述第五方面或第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第二信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第二选项,所述第二选项为:用于确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量。Based on the above-mentioned fifth aspect or sixth aspect, in a possible implementation method, the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a second channel feedback information transmission method or supports codebook characteristics; the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates a second option, and the second option is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficient is a part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficient is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

基于上述第五方面或第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数。Based on the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the first indication information further indicates the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is smaller than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix.

基于上述第五方面或第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第三信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第三选项,所述第三选项为:用于确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。Based on the above-mentioned fifth aspect or sixth aspect, in a possible implementation method, the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a third channel feedback information transmission method or supports codebook characteristics; the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates a third option, and the third option is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficient is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficient is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

基于上述第五方面或第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1。Based on the fifth or sixth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further indicates a frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1.

基于上述第五方面或第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。Based on the fifth or sixth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.

第七方面,提供一种通信装置,包括用于执行如第一方面任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如第二方面任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如第三方面任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如第四方面任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如第五方面任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如第六方面任一项所述方法的单元或者模块。In the seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the first aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the fifth aspect, or a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of the sixth aspect.

第八方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:一个或多个处理器配置用于执行如第一方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第二方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第三方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第四方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第五方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第六方面任一项所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: one or more processors configured to execute the method as described in any one of the first aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the fifth aspect, or to execute the method as described in any one of the sixth aspect.

第九方面,提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质存储有程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在装置上运行时,使得所述装置执行如第一方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第二方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第三方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第四方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第五方面任一项所述的方法,或者执行如第六方面任一项所述的方法。In the ninth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided, wherein the readable storage medium stores a program or instruction. When the program or instruction is run on a device, the device executes the method as described in any one of the first aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the fifth aspect, or executes the method as described in any one of the sixth aspect.

第十方面,提供一种芯片系统,包括处理器,用于支持装置实现如第一方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第二方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第三方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第四方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第五方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第六方面任一项所述的方法。In the tenth aspect, a chip system is provided, comprising a processor for supporting a device to implement the method as described in any one of the first aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the fifth aspect, or to implement the method as described in any one of the sixth aspect.

第十一方面,提供一种程序产品,所述程序产品中包含程序;当所述程序被处理器执行时,实现如第一方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第二方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第三方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第四方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第五方面任一项所述的方法,或者实现如第六方面任一项所述的方法。In the eleventh aspect, a program product is provided, comprising a program; when the program is executed by a processor, the method described in any one of the first aspect, or the method described in any one of the second aspect, or the method described in any one of the third aspect, or the method described in any one of the fourth aspect, or the method described in any one of the fifth aspect, or the method described in any one of the sixth aspect is implemented.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1为本申请实施例中的神经元结构的一种示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a neuron structure in an embodiment of the present application;

图2为本申请实施例中的神经网络的层关系的一种示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the layer relationship of the neural network in an embodiment of the present application;

图3为本申请实施例中的一种基于AE的CSI反馈框架示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a CSI feedback framework based on AE in an embodiment of the present application;

图4为相关技术提供的一种由基站执行模型监控的流程示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a base station performing model monitoring according to a related art;

图5为相关技术提供给的一种由终端执行模型监控的流程示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a process of performing model monitoring by a terminal provided by the related art;

图6为适用于本申请实施例的通信系统架构的示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图7为本申请实施例适用的一种简化的通信系统架构示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a simplified communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例适用的另一种通信系统架构示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of another communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图9为本申请实施例通信系统中的一种可能的应用框架示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework in a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;

图10为本申请实施例通信系统中的一种可能的应用框架示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework in a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;

图11为本申请实施例提供的一种CSI传输方法的流程示意图;FIG11 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a CSI transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图12a为本申请实施例提供的一种CSI传输以及由网络侧执行的模型监控方法的流程示意图;FIG12a is a flow chart of a CSI transmission and a model monitoring method performed by a network side according to an embodiment of the present application;

图12b为本申请实施例提供的另一种CSI传输以及由网络侧执行的模型监控方法的流程示意图;FIG12 b is a flow chart of another CSI transmission and model monitoring method performed by the network side provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图13a为本申请实施例提供的一种CSI传输方法以及由终端侧执行的模型监控方法的流程示意图;FIG13a is a flow chart of a CSI transmission method and a model monitoring method performed by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present application;

图13b为本申请实施例提供的另一种CSI传输方法以及由终端侧执行的模型监控方法的流程示意图;FIG13 b is a flow chart of another CSI transmission method and a model monitoring method performed by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present application;

图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG14 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图15为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG17 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

为了更清楚地理解本申请,首先对本申请涉及的一些技术和技术术语进行说明。In order to understand the present application more clearly, some technologies and technical terms involved in the present application are first explained.

(一)AI、机器学习、AI模型和神经网络(1) AI, machine learning, AI models, and neural networks

AI指由人制造出来的机器所表现出来的智能。通常人工智能是指通过普通计算机程序来呈现人类智能的技术。人工智能可以定义为模仿人类、且具有与人类思维相关的认知功能的机器或计算机,如学习和解决问题。人工智能能够从过去的经验中学习,做出合理的决策,并快速回应。人工智能的目标是通过构建具有象征意义的推理或推理的计算机程序来理解智能。AI refers to the intelligence exhibited by machines created by humans. Generally, AI refers to the technology that replicates human intelligence through ordinary computer programs. AI can be defined as machines or computers that mimic humans and possess cognitive functions associated with human thinking, such as learning and problem-solving. AI is able to learn from past experiences, make rational decisions, and respond quickly. The goal of AI is to understand intelligence by building computer programs capable of symbolic reasoning or deduction.

机器学习是实现人工智能的一个途径,即以机器学习为手段解决人工智能中的问题。机器学习理论主要是设计和分析一些让计算机可以自动“学习”的算法。机器学习算法是一类从数据中自动分析获得规律,并利用规律对未知数据进行预测的算法。因为学习算法中涉及了大量的统计学理论,机器学习与推断统计学联系尤为密切,也被称为统计学习理论。Machine learning is a path to artificial intelligence (AI), specifically using machine learning to solve AI problems. Machine learning theory primarily involves the design and analysis of algorithms that enable computers to automatically "learn." Machine learning algorithms automatically analyze data to identify patterns and use these patterns to make predictions about unknown data. Because learning algorithms involve extensive statistical theory, machine learning is particularly closely linked to inferential statistics, also known as statistical learning theory.

AI模型为能实现AI功能的算法或者计算机程序,AI模型表征了模型的输入和输出之间的映射关系。AI模型可以是神经网络或者其他机器学习模型。An AI model is an algorithm or computer program that implements AI functions. It represents the mapping relationship between the model's input and output. An AI model can be a neural network or other machine learning model.

神经网络(neural network,NN)是机器学习的一种具体实现形式。根据通用近似定理,神经网络理论上可以逼近任意连续函数,从而使得神经网络具备学习任意映射的能力。因此神经网络可以对复杂的高维度问题进行准确地抽象建模。Neural networks (NNs) are a specific implementation of machine learning. According to the universal approximation theorem, NNs can theoretically approximate any continuous function, enabling them to learn arbitrary mappings. Therefore, NNs can accurately abstractly model complex, high-dimensional problems.

神经网络的思想来源于大脑组织的神经元结构。每个神经元都对输入值进行加权求和运算,将加权求和的结果通过一个激活函数产生输出。图1示例性示出了神经元的结构。如图1所示,例如,神经元的输入为x=[x0,x1,…,xn],与各输入对应的权值分别为wt=[wt0,wt1,…,wtn],其中,wti作为xi的权值,用于对xi进行加权,加权求和的偏置为b。激活函数的形式可以多样化,例如,一个神经元的激活函数为:
y=f(z)=max(0,z)………………………………(1)
The idea of neural networks comes from the neuron structure of brain tissue. Each neuron performs a weighted summation operation on the input value, and generates an output through an activation function. Figure 1 shows an example of the structure of a neuron. As shown in Figure 1, for example, the input of a neuron is x = [x 0 , x 1 ,…, x n ], and the weights corresponding to each input are wt = [wt 0 , wt 1 ,…, wt n ], where wt i is the weight of x i , used to weight x i , and the bias of the weighted summation is b. The form of the activation function can be diverse. For example, the activation function of a neuron is:
y=f(z)=max(0,z)…………………………(1)

则该神经元的输出为:
The output of this neuron is:

再例如,一个神经元的激活函数为:
y=f(z)=z………………………………(3)
For another example, the activation function of a neuron is:
y=f(z)=z……………………(3)

则该神经元的输出为:
The output of this neuron is:

其中,b、wti、xi可以是小数、整数(例如0、正整数或负整数)、或复数等各种可能的取值。神经网络中不同神经元的激活函数可以相同或不同。b, wt i , and xi can be decimals, integers (eg, 0, positive integers, or negative integers), or complex numbers. The activation functions of different neurons in a neural network can be the same or different.

神经网络一般包括多层结构,每层可包括一个或多个神经元。增加神经网络的深度和/或宽度可以提高该神经网络的表达能力,为复杂系统提供更强大的信息提取和抽象建模能力。其中,神经网络的深度可以指神经网络包括的层数,每层包括的神经元个数可以称为该层的宽度。一种实现中,神经网络包括输入层和输出层。神经网络的输入层将接收到的输入经过神经元处理后,将结果传递给输出层,由输出层得到神经网络的输出结果。另一种实现中,神经网络包括输入层、隐藏层和输出层,可参考图2。神经网络的输入层将接收到的输入经过神经元处理后,将结果传递给中间的隐藏层,隐藏层再将计算结果传递给输出层或者相邻的隐藏层,最后由输出层得到神经网络的输出结果。一个神经网络可以包括一层或多层依次连接的隐藏层,不予限制。A neural network generally includes a multi-layer structure, and each layer may include one or more neurons. Increasing the depth and/or width of a neural network can improve the expressive power of the neural network and provide more powerful information extraction and abstract modeling capabilities for complex systems. The depth of a neural network can refer to the number of layers the neural network includes, and the number of neurons included in each layer can be referred to as the width of the layer. In one implementation, the neural network includes an input layer and an output layer. The input layer of the neural network processes the input received by the neurons and passes the result to the output layer, which then obtains the output result of the neural network. In another implementation, the neural network includes an input layer, a hidden layer, and an output layer, as shown in Figure 2. The input layer of the neural network processes the input received by the neurons and passes the result to the middle hidden layer. The hidden layer then passes the calculation result to the output layer or an adjacent hidden layer, and finally the output layer obtains the output result of the neural network. A neural network can include one or more hidden layers connected in sequence, without limitation.

神经网络的训练过程中,可以定义损失函数。损失函数描述了神经网络的输出值和理想目标值之间的差距或差异,本申请不限制损失函数的具体形式。神经网络的训练过程就是通过调整神经网络参数,使得损失函数的值小于阈值门限值或者满足目标需求的过程。其中,神经网络参数例如包括神经网络的层数、宽度(即层内的神经元个数)、神经元的权值、神经元的激活函数中的一项或多项。During the training process of a neural network, a loss function can be defined. The loss function describes the gap or difference between the output value of the neural network and the ideal target value. This application does not limit the specific form of the loss function. The training process of a neural network is the process of adjusting the neural network parameters so that the value of the loss function is less than the threshold value or meets the target requirements. Among them, the neural network parameters include, for example, one or more of the number of layers of the neural network, the width (i.e., the number of neurons in the layer), the weights of the neurons, and the activation functions of the neurons.

(二)CSI和CSI传输方式(2) CSI and CSI Transmission Method

目前,在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)、新空口(new radio,NR)通信系统中,基站需要获取下行CSI,用于决定调度终端的下行数据信道的资源、MCS、预编码等配置。在时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统中,由于上下行信道存在互易性,基站可以通过测量上行参考信号获取上行CSI,进而推测出较为精确的下行CSI,例如将上行CSI用作下行CSI。在频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统中,上下行互易性无法保证,下行CSI是终端测量下行参考信号获取的,如终端测量CSI-RS或SSB等获得下行CSI,因此需要终端按照协议预定义或者基站配置的方式生成CSI报告,将CSI报告发送给基站使其获取下行CSI。Currently, in long-term evolution (LTE) and new radio (NR) communication systems, base stations need to obtain downlink CSI to determine the resource, MCS, precoding, and other configurations for the downlink data channels of scheduled terminals. In time-division duplex (TDD) systems, due to the reciprocity of uplink and downlink channels, base stations can obtain uplink CSI by measuring uplink reference signals, thereby inferring more accurate downlink CSI, for example, using uplink CSI as downlink CSI. In frequency-division duplex (FDD) systems, uplink and downlink reciprocity cannot be guaranteed. Downlink CSI is obtained by terminals measuring downlink reference signals, such as CSI-RS or SSB. Therefore, terminals need to generate CSI reports according to protocol predefined methods or base station configurations and send these reports to the base station to obtain downlink CSI.

在本申请中,CSI的含义相较于传统方案中的CSI的含义更广,并不局限于信道质量指示(channel quality indication,CQI)、预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator,PMI)、秩指示(rank indicator,RI)、或,CSI-RS资源指示(CSI-RS resource indicator,CRI),其还可以为信道响应信息(如信道响应矩阵,频域信道响应信息,时域信道响应信息),信道响应对应的权值信息,参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)或信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)等中的一种或多种。其中,RI用于指示终端设备建议的下行传输的层数,CQI用于指示终端设备判断的当前信道条件所能支持的调制编码方式,PMI用于指示终端设备建议的预编码。PMI所指示的预编码的层数可以与RI对应。其中,CSI可以替换为信道信息,CSI报告可以替换为信道反馈信息或信道信息报告或信道信息反馈。In this application, the meaning of CSI is broader than that of CSI in traditional solutions and is not limited to channel quality indication (CQI), precoding matrix indicator (PMI), rank indicator (RI), or CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI). It can also be one or more of channel response information (such as channel response matrix, frequency domain channel response information, time domain channel response information), weight information corresponding to the channel response, reference signal receiving power (RSRP), or signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR). RI indicates the number of downlink transmission layers recommended by the terminal device, CQI indicates the modulation and coding scheme supported by the current channel conditions determined by the terminal device, and PMI indicates the precoding recommended by the terminal device. The number of precoding layers indicated by PMI may correspond to RI. Among them, CSI can be replaced by channel information, and CSI report can be replaced by channel feedback information or channel information report or channel information feedback.

CSI的表示形式又可以称为传输方式,或传输格式,或数据格式,或量化方式。本申请以CSI的传输方式为例描述。目前,CSI的传输方式包括标量量化的方式,基于码本的方式以及基于自编码器(auto-encoder,AE)的方式。The representation of CSI can also be called a transmission mode, transmission format, data format, or quantization mode. This application describes the CSI transmission mode as an example. Currently, CSI transmission modes include scalar quantization, codebook-based, and auto-encoder (AE)-based modes.

(1)标量量化的方式(1) Scalar quantization method

采用标量量化的方式是指对预编码矩阵中的每个元素(或数值)采用诸如Float32或Float16或Nbit(N比特)等量化方式进行量化,在CSI反馈时发送量化后的信息。The scalar quantization method refers to quantizing each element (or value) in the precoding matrix using a quantization method such as Float32, Float16, or Nbit (N bits), and sending the quantized information when feeding back CSI.

标量量化的方式传输开销较大,例如,对于13个子带32端口1层的预编码矩阵,采用Float32量化需要26624个比特,采用Float16需要13312个比特,采用8bit量化需要6656个比特。The scalar quantization method has a large transmission overhead. For example, for a precoding matrix with 13 subbands, 32 ports, and 1 layer, Float32 quantization requires 26,624 bits, Float16 requires 13,312 bits, and 8-bit quantization requires 6,656 bits.

(2)基于码本的方式(2) Codebook-based approach

所述码本可以理解为对预编码矩阵的表示方式。基于码本的方式是指采用码本的方式表示CSI,例如,可以基于Rel-16 Enhanced Type II码本(以下简称为R16码本)的码本参数,使用对应的码本来表示CSI。The codebook can be understood as a representation of a precoding matrix. A codebook-based approach refers to using a codebook to represent the CSI. For example, the CSI can be represented using a codebook based on codebook parameters of a Rel-16 Enhanced Type II codebook (hereinafter referred to as the R16 codebook).

以R16码本为例,每层预编码矩阵(或特征矩阵或特征向量矩阵)可以看做是三个矩阵相乘,这三个矩阵分别为空域基底矩阵、系数矩阵和频域基底矩阵。例如,第l层码本(或预编码矩阵)可以表示为:
Taking the R16 codebook as an example, the precoding matrix (or eigenmatrix or eigenvector matrix) of each layer can be regarded as the multiplication of three matrices: the spatial basis matrix, the coefficient matrix, and the frequency basis matrix. For example, the codebook (or precoding matrix) of layer 1 can be expressed as:

公式(5)中,Wl为第l层预编码矩阵,其维度为Np×N3,可以表示为即维度为Np×N3的复数矩阵,其中Np=2N1N2,为端口数量,N1和N2由基站配置,分别表示水平和垂直方向的端口数量,N3为子带数量,由系统配置的带宽和子带大小所确定。In formula (5), W l is the l-th layer precoding matrix, whose dimension is N p ×N 3 , which can be expressed as That is, a complex matrix of dimension Np × N3 , where Np = 2N1N2 , is the number of ports, N1 and N2 are configured by the base station, representing the number of ports in the horizontal and vertical directions respectively, and N3 is the number of subbands, which is determined by the bandwidth and subband size configured by the system.

公式(5)中,为空域基底矩阵(由空域基底向量组成),通常为离散傅里叶变换(discrete fourier transform,DFT)矩阵或由DFT矩阵产生,其维度为Np×Np,可以表示为具体形式与天线端口(例如CSI-RS端口)形态(或者称排布)有关,例如与水平方向和竖直方向的天线端口的数量有关。例如,可以表示为:
In formula (5), is the spatial basis matrix (composed of spatial basis vectors), usually a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) matrix or generated by a DFT matrix, with a dimension of N p ×N p , which can be expressed as The specific form is related to the antenna port (such as CSI-RS port) form (or arrangement), for example It is related to the number of antenna ports in the horizontal and vertical directions. For example, It can be expressed as:

其中,kron()表示矩阵的Kronecker乘积(kronecker product),即张量积。DFT()表示DFT运算。Where kron() represents the Kronecker product of matrices, i.e., the tensor product. DFT() represents the DFT operation.

公式(5)中,为频域基底矩阵(由频域基底向量组成),通常为DFT矩阵或由DFT矩阵产生,例如 的维度为N3×N3,可以表示为 In formula (5), is the frequency domain basis matrix (composed of frequency domain basis vectors), usually a DFT matrix or generated by a DFT matrix, for example The dimension is N 3 ×N 3 and can be expressed as

公式(5)中,为系数矩阵(或投影矩阵,或加权矩阵),其维度为Np×N3,可以表示为 In formula (5), is the coefficient matrix (or projection matrix, or weight matrix), whose dimension is N p ×N 3 , which can be expressed as

基于上述公式(5),第l层码本还可以表示为以下公式(7):
Based on the above formula (5), the l-th layer codebook It can also be expressed as the following formula (7):

其中,l表示层数,l=1,2,3,4。i2,5,l为相位系数指示信息,用于指示相位系数。参数t的取值为0到N3-1。γt,l为功率归一化因子。Where l represents the number of layers, l = 1, 2, 3 , 4. i 2, 5, l is the phase coefficient indication information, used to indicate the phase coefficient. The parameter t ranges from 0 to N 3 - 1. γ t, l is the power normalization factor.

L与空域基底向量的个数相关,空域基底矩阵包括2L个向量,L为大于或等于1的整数。其中,前L个向量对应一个极化方向,后L个向量对应另一个极化方向。L由基站配置。L is related to the number of spatial basis vectors. A spatial basis matrix consists of 2L vectors, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The first L vectors correspond to one polarization direction, and the last L vectors correspond to the other polarization direction. L is configured by the base station.

为空域基底,为正交基中的向量,例如DFT矩阵中的向量,可表示为其中,N1和N2为天线端口形态,O1和O2为空域过采样颗粒度,N1和N2,O1和O2均由基站配置。 通过空域基底选择信息表示,q1和q2通过空域过采样因子选择信息表示。 is the spatial basis, which is a vector in the orthogonal basis, such as the vector in the DFT matrix, which can be expressed as Among them, N1 and N2 are antenna port forms, O1 and O2 are spatial oversampling granularity, and N1 and N2 , O1 and O2 are all configured by the base station. and The spatial basis selection information is expressed, and q1 and q2 are expressed by the spatial oversampling factor selection information.

为频域基底,为正交基中的向量,例如DFT矩阵中的向量,可表示为 通过频域基底选择信息表示。Mυ为频域基底向量个数,pυ为频域基底的选择比例,由基站配置;R为每个信道质量指示(channel quality indicator,CQI)子频带的预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator,PMI)子频带数(numberOfPMI-SubbandsPerCQI-Subband),R由基站配置。 is the frequency domain basis, is a vector in the orthogonal basis, such as the vector in the DFT matrix, which can be expressed as The information is represented by the frequency domain basis selection. M υ is the number of frequency domain basis vectors, is the selection ratio of the frequency domain basis, which is configured by the base station; R is the number of precoding matrix indicator (PMI) subbands (numberOfPMI-SubbandsPerCQI-Subband) for each channel quality indicator (CQI) subband, which is configured by the base station.

为宽带幅度系数,为4比特量化信息;为子带幅度系数,为3比特量化信息;为相位系数,为4比特量化信息。 is the broadband amplitude coefficient, which is 4-bit quantized information; is the sub-band amplitude coefficient, which is 3-bit quantization information; is the phase coefficient, which is 4-bit quantized information.

由于系数矩阵中有较多取值较小的系数,因此,可以将空域基底矩阵、频域基底矩阵和系数矩阵进行降维,仅保留系数矩阵中取值较大的系数对应的空域基底和频域基底。例如,对于每层码本,可以从空域基底矩阵的Np个向量中选择2L个向量,从频域基底矩阵的N3个向量中选择M个(M为大于或等于1的整数)向量,从系数矩阵中的Np*N3个系数中选择K个(K为大于或等于1的整数)系数,针对每个系数,可以使用Q(Q为大于0的整数)比特进行量化,其中被选择的系数称为非零系数。Since the coefficient matrix contains many coefficients with smaller values, the spatial basis matrix, frequency domain basis matrix, and coefficient matrix can be reduced in dimensionality, retaining only the spatial and frequency domain basis corresponding to the coefficients with larger values in the coefficient matrix. For example, for each codebook layer, 2L vectors can be selected from the Np vectors of the spatial basis matrix, M vectors (M is an integer greater than or equal to 1) can be selected from the N3 vectors of the frequency domain basis matrix, and K coefficients (K is an integer greater than or equal to 1) can be selected from the Np * N3 coefficients in the coefficient matrix. Each coefficient can be quantized using Q bits (Q is an integer greater than 0), where the selected coefficients are called non-zero coefficients.

基站可以为终端配置码本参数,终端可以根据基站配置的码本参数选择空域基底、频域基底或系数。例如,基站为终端配置的码本参数可以包括L、频域基底的选择比例pυ和非零系数的选择比例β等。The base station may configure codebook parameters for the terminal, and the terminal may select a spatial basis, a frequency basis, or coefficients based on the codebook parameters configured by the base station. For example, the codebook parameters configured by the base station for the terminal may include L, a selection ratio for the frequency basis, and a selection ratio β for non-zero coefficients.

示例性的,表1示出了R16码本参数。其中,pυ(0<pυ<1)表示频域基底的选择比例,R为基站配置的参数;β(0<β<1)表示非零系数的选择比例。每层非零系数的总数不超过K0,所有层非零系数的总数不能超过2K0其中,为向上取整运算符,表示将实数x调整为不小于x的最接近整数。For example, Table 1 shows the R16 codebook parameters. Wherein, p υ (0<p υ <1) represents the selection ratio of the frequency domain basis, R is a parameter configured by the base station; β (0<β<1) represents the selection ratio of non-zero coefficients. The total number of non-zero coefficients in each layer does not exceed K 0 , and the total number of non-zero coefficients in all layers cannot exceed 2K 0 . in, is the ceiling operator, Represents the rounding of a real number x to the nearest integer not less than x.

表1
Table 1

示例性的,表2示出了一种增强的码本参数。增强的码本参数相比于R16码本参数,可能存在更多数量的非零系数,因此CSI精度更高,相应的CSI传输开销更高。For example, Table 2 shows an enhanced codebook parameter. Compared with the R16 codebook parameter, the enhanced codebook parameter may have more non-zero coefficients, so the CSI accuracy is higher, but the corresponding CSI transmission overhead is higher.

表2
Table 2

上述表1和表2中,υ表示层数(或称流数),υ=1,2,3或4。例如,根据表1中取值为6的参数组合索引,当υ=1或2时,频域基底的选择比例pυ=0.5,当υ=3或4时,频域基底的选择比例pυ=0.25。In Tables 1 and 2 above, υ represents the number of layers (or streams), υ = 1, 2, 3, or 4. For example, according to the parameter combination index with a value of 6 in Table 1, when υ = 1 or 2, the selection ratio of the frequency domain basis p υ = 0.5, and when υ = 3 or 4, the selection ratio of the frequency domain basis p υ = 0.25.

为了降低信令开销,基站可以将码本参数组合的索引(例如表1中的参数组合索引6,或表2中的参数组合索引9)发送给终端,该码本参数组合的索引可以指示一组码本参数。To reduce signaling overhead, the base station may send an index of a codebook parameter combination (eg, parameter combination index 6 in Table 1, or parameter combination index 9 in Table 2) to the terminal. The index of the codebook parameter combination may indicate a set of codebook parameters.

终端可以根据基站配置的码本参数选择空域基底、选择频域基底以及选择非零系数,终端还可以选择空域过采样因子、量化非零系数以及进行索引重排列等操作。其中,索引重排列操作包括将最大系数所在的频域基底放在第一列,其他列相应的进行循环移位。相应的,终端在进行CSI反馈时上报空域基底选择信息、空域过采样因子选择信息、频域基底选择信息、非零系数选择信息以及非零系数的量化信息等。The terminal can select the spatial basis, frequency basis, and non-zero coefficients based on the codebook parameters configured by the base station. The terminal can also select the spatial oversampling factor, quantize the non-zero coefficients, and perform index reordering. The index reordering operation includes placing the frequency basis where the maximum coefficient is located in the first column and performing cyclic shifts on the other columns accordingly. Accordingly, when providing CSI feedback, the terminal reports information such as the spatial basis selection information, the spatial oversampling factor selection information, the frequency basis selection information, the non-zero coefficient selection information, and the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients.

示例性的,所述非零系数选择信息为位图(bitmap)形式,该bitmap中的比特个数与系数矩阵中系数的个数相等,bitmap中值为1的比特表示系数矩阵中对应位置的系数为反馈的非零系数,也就是说非零系数选择信息可以指示反馈的非零系数在系数矩阵中的位置。Exemplarily, the non-zero coefficient selection information is in the form of a bitmap, the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of coefficients in the coefficient matrix, and the bit with a value of 1 in the bitmap indicates that the coefficient at the corresponding position in the coefficient matrix is the non-zero coefficient of the feedback, that is, the non-zero coefficient selection information can indicate the position of the feedback non-zero coefficient in the coefficient matrix.

示例性的,所述非零系数可以包括量化后的幅度系数和/或相位系数,所述幅度系数包括宽带幅度系数和/或子带幅度系数。Exemplarily, the non-zero coefficients may include quantized amplitude coefficients and/or phase coefficients, and the amplitude coefficients include wideband amplitude coefficients and/or sub-band amplitude coefficients.

(3)基于AE的CSI反馈(3) AE-based CSI feedback

AE模型由编码器(encoder)和解码器(decoder)两个子模型构成,AE可以泛指由两个子模型构成的网络结构。AE的编码器和解码器通常是共同训练的,可以相互匹配使用。AE模型也可以称为双边模型,或双端模型,或协作模型。The AE model consists of two sub-models: an encoder and a decoder. AE generally refers to a network structure composed of these two sub-models. The encoder and decoder of an AE are typically trained together and can be used in conjunction with each other. The AE model can also be called a bilateral model, a dual-end model, or a collaborative model.

目前,可以将AI技术引入无线通信网络中,从而实现网络智能化。比如,将AI技术引入无线通信网络的一种具体应用是基于AI模型进行CSI传输(或者称基于AE进行CSI反馈)。比如,终端侧通过编码器(CSI生成器)进行CSI的压缩和量化,基站侧通过解码器(CSI重构器)进行CSI的恢复。图3示出了一种基于AE的CSI反馈框架示意图。其中,CSI生成器的输入可以称为输入CSI或真值CSI或原始CSI,终端给基站的反馈可以称为CSI反馈或CSI报告或压缩CSI,CSI重构器的输出可以称为输出CSI或恢复CSI或重构CSI。At present, AI technology can be introduced into wireless communication networks to realize network intelligence. For example, a specific application of introducing AI technology into wireless communication networks is CSI transmission based on AI models (or CSI feedback based on AE). For example, the terminal side compresses and quantizes CSI through an encoder (CSI generator), and the base station side recovers CSI through a decoder (CSI reconstructor). Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of a CSI feedback framework based on AE. Among them, the input of the CSI generator can be called input CSI or true CSI or original CSI, the feedback from the terminal to the base station can be called CSI feedback or CSI report or compressed CSI, and the output of the CSI reconstructor can be called output CSI or recovered CSI or reconstructed CSI.

(三)模型监控(或称模型监测)(3) Model monitoring (or model monitoring)

模型监控指的是检测AI模型的性能,判断AI模型是否在正常工作,如果AI模型性能较差,则可以切换至非AI模式,或者更换AI模型,或者更新AI模型等。Model monitoring refers to detecting the performance of the AI model and determining whether the AI model is working properly. If the AI model performance is poor, you can switch to non-AI mode, replace the AI model, or update the AI model.

一种模型监控方式可以称为中间关键绩效指标(key performance indicator,KPI)监控方式,通过该方式可以检测AI模型输出的准确性。该监控方式的实现过程包括:获取AI模型的输出,通过对比AI模型的输出与对应的标签或者真值(ground-truth)之间的差异,判断AI模型的性能是否满足要求。中间KPI监控方式中可以基于以下KPI指标中的一项或多项来确定AI模型是否满足要求:广义余弦相似度(generalized cosine similarity,GCS)、平方广义余弦相似度(square generalized cosine similarity,SGCS)、规范均方差(normalized mean square error,NMSE)等。One model monitoring method, called intermediate key performance indicator (KPI) monitoring, can be used to test the accuracy of AI model outputs. This monitoring method involves obtaining the AI model output and determining whether the AI model's performance meets requirements by comparing the output with the corresponding label or ground-truth. Intermediate KPI monitoring can determine whether the AI model meets requirements based on one or more of the following KPI metrics: generalized cosine similarity (GCS), square generalized cosine similarity (SGCS), and normalized mean square error (NMSE).

模型监控可以由网络设备(例如基站)执行,也可以由终端执行。Model monitoring can be performed by a network device (such as a base station) or by a terminal.

示例性的,图4示出了一种由基站执行模型监控的流程示意图。如图4所示,终端根据基站发送的参考信号(参见步骤401)获得真值CSI(参见步骤402),终端基于CSI生成器对该真值CSI进行压缩和量化,得到CSI反馈(也就是说该CSI反馈是基于AE获得的),并将该CSI反馈发送给基站(参见步骤403)。终端还将真值CSI发送给基站(参见步骤404)。基站使用CSI重构器将来自该终端的CSI反馈进行恢复,得到恢复CSI,并根据恢复CSI和来自该终端的真值CSI确定CSI生成器和/或CSI重构器的性能是否满足要求(参见步骤405)。For example, Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of a process for performing model monitoring by a base station. As shown in Figure 4, the terminal obtains the true CSI (see step 402) based on the reference signal sent by the base station (see step 401). The terminal compresses and quantizes the true CSI based on the CSI generator to obtain CSI feedback (that is, the CSI feedback is obtained based on AE), and sends the CSI feedback to the base station (see step 403). The terminal also sends the true CSI to the base station (see step 404). The base station uses a CSI reconstructor to recover the CSI feedback from the terminal to obtain recovered CSI, and determines whether the performance of the CSI generator and/or CSI reconstructor meets the requirements based on the recovered CSI and the true CSI from the terminal (see step 405).

示例性的,图5示出了一种由终端执行模型监控的流程示意图。如图5所示,终端根据基站发送的参考信号(参见步骤501)获得真值CSI(参见步骤502),终端基于CSI生成器对该真值CSI进行压缩和量化,得到CSI反馈(也就是说该CSI反馈是基于AE获得的),并将该CSI反馈发送给基站(参见步骤503)。基站使用CSI重构器将来自该终端的CSI反馈进行恢复,得到恢复CSI(参见步骤504),并将该恢复CSI发送给终端(参见步骤505)。终端根据该恢复CSI和真值CSI确定CSI生成器和/或CSI重构器的性能是否满足要求(参见步骤506)。For example, Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of a process for performing model monitoring by a terminal. As shown in Figure 5, the terminal obtains true CSI (see step 502) based on the reference signal sent by the base station (see step 501). The terminal compresses and quantizes the true CSI based on the CSI generator to obtain CSI feedback (that is, the CSI feedback is obtained based on AE), and sends the CSI feedback to the base station (see step 503). The base station uses a CSI reconstructor to recover the CSI feedback from the terminal to obtain recovered CSI (see step 504), and sends the recovered CSI to the terminal (see step 505). The terminal determines whether the performance of the CSI generator and/or CSI reconstructor meets the requirements based on the recovered CSI and the true CSI (see step 506).

上述图4所示流程的步骤404中,为了降低传输开销,支持码本特性的终端可以采用基于码本的方式对真值CSI进行压缩和量化,并将压缩和量化后的CSI发送给基站。采用基于码本的方式对真值CSI进行量化的开销较低,例如采用R16码本的paramCombination-r16取值为8对应的码本参数(请参见表1中值为8的参数组合索引对应的R16码本参数),量化后的真值CSI不到500个比特。为了提高真值CSI的精度,可以适当增大参数L、频域基底选择比例pυ、非零系数选择比例β等参数中的一项或多项的值,从而可以提高真值CSI的精度。但是码本是一个独立的特性,且是一个可选的特性,有些终端可能支持AI-CSI特性(例如支持基于CSI生成器对真值CSI进行压缩和量化),但不支持码本特性,对于这类终端,则无法采用基于码本的方式传输真值CSI,而是采用标量量化方式传输真值CSI,从而导致传输开销较大。In step 404 of the process shown in FIG4 , to reduce transmission overhead, a terminal supporting the codebook feature can compress and quantize the true CSI using a codebook-based approach and send the compressed and quantized CSI to the base station. Using a codebook-based approach to quantize the true CSI has low overhead. For example, using the codebook parameters corresponding to a paramCombination-r16 value of 8 for the R16 codebook (see the R16 codebook parameters corresponding to the parameter combination index of 8 in Table 1), the quantized true CSI is less than 500 bits. To improve the accuracy of the true CSI, the values of one or more of the parameters, such as parameter L, frequency domain floor selection ratio p υ , and non-zero coefficient selection ratio β, can be appropriately increased, thereby improving the accuracy of the true CSI. However, the codebook is an independent and optional feature. Some terminals may support AI-CSI features (for example, support for compression and quantization of true CSI based on a CSI generator) but not the codebook feature. For such terminals, true CSI cannot be transmitted using a codebook-based method. Instead, scalar quantization is used to transmit true CSI, resulting in high transmission overhead.

上述图5所示流程的步骤505中,为了降低传输开销,基站也可以采用基于码本的方式对恢复CSI进行压缩和量化,并将压缩和量化后的CSI发送给终端。类似的,对于不支持码本特性的终端,基站只能采用标量量化方式传输恢复CSI,从而导致传输开销较大。In step 505 of the process shown in Figure 5 , to reduce transmission overhead, the base station can also compress and quantize the recovered CSI using a codebook-based approach and send the compressed and quantized CSI to the terminal. Similarly, for terminals that do not support codebook features, the base station can only transmit the recovered CSI using scalar quantization, resulting in higher transmission overhead.

在未采用AI技术的无线通信系统中的CSI反馈的场景下,也存在类似问题,比如对于不支持码本特性的终端,例如不支持R16码本特性的终端,无法采用基于码本,例如R16码本,的方式进行CSI反馈,导致CSI传输开销较大。Similar problems also exist in the CSI feedback scenario in wireless communication systems that do not adopt AI technology. For example, for terminals that do not support codebook features, such as terminals that do not support the R16 codebook feature, CSI feedback cannot be performed based on a codebook, such as the R16 codebook, resulting in high CSI transmission overhead.

为此,本申请实施例提供了一种信道反馈信息传输方法以及可以实现该方法的相关装置,可以针对不支持码本特性的终端,使其在进行信道反馈信息传输时可以兼顾精度和传输开销。To this end, an embodiment of the present application provides a channel feedback information transmission method and a related device that can implement the method, which can be used for terminals that do not support codebook characteristics, so that they can take into account both accuracy and transmission overhead when transmitting channel feedback information.

本申请实施例中,所述信道反馈信息可以指示信道质量,用于进行资源调度等。所述信道反馈信息的一种示例为CSI,本申请不予限制。In the embodiment of the present application, the channel feedback information may indicate channel quality, and be used for resource scheduling, etc. An example of the channel feedback information is CSI, which is not limited in the present application.

本申请实施例中,“不支持码本特性”可以理解为不支持采用基于码本的方式传输信道反馈信息。例如,以CSI为例,对于终端向基站发送CSI来说,不支持码本特性的终端在对真值CSI进行量化时不具备执行以下一项或多项操作的能力:选择空域基底,选择空域过采样因子,选择频域基底,索引重排列等。再例如,仍以CSI为例,对于终端接收基站发送的CSI来说,不支持码本特性的终端在接收到基站采用基于码本的方式发送的恢复CSI后,由于终端不具备以下一项或多项能力:根据空域基底选择信息确定空域基底矩阵,根据频域基底选择信息确定频域基底矩阵,根据空域过采样因子确定空域基底矩阵,索引重排列,根据空域基底矩阵、频域基底矩阵和系数矩阵恢复预编码矩阵,因而无法根据该恢复CSI获得对应的系数矩阵。In the embodiment of the present application, "not supporting codebook characteristics" can be understood as not supporting the transmission of channel feedback information in a codebook-based manner. For example, taking CSI as an example, for a terminal to send CSI to a base station, a terminal that does not support codebook characteristics does not have the ability to perform one or more of the following operations when quantizing the true value CSI: selecting a spatial basis, selecting a spatial oversampling factor, selecting a frequency domain basis, index rearrangement, etc. For another example, still taking CSI as an example, for a terminal to receive CSI sent by a base station, a terminal that does not support codebook characteristics, after receiving the recovered CSI sent by the base station in a codebook-based manner, does not have one or more of the following capabilities: determining the spatial basis matrix according to the spatial basis selection information, determining the frequency domain basis matrix according to the frequency domain basis selection information, determining the spatial basis matrix according to the spatial oversampling factor, index rearrangement, recovering the precoding matrix according to the spatial basis matrix, the frequency domain basis matrix and the coefficient matrix, and therefore cannot obtain the corresponding coefficient matrix according to the recovered CSI.

本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方法中,在对测量得到的系数矩阵进行降维时,可以使用空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,和/或使用频域基底矩阵中的所有向量,从而可以无需执行空域基底和/或频域基底的选择操作,这样对于不支持码本特性的终端来说,也可以实现信道反馈信息的传输,并可以在进行信道反馈信息传输时兼顾精度和传输开销。In the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application, when reducing the dimension of the measured coefficient matrix, all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix can be used, thereby eliminating the need to perform spatial basis and/or frequency domain basis selection operations. In this way, even for terminals that do not support codebook characteristics, channel feedback information can be transmitted, and both accuracy and transmission overhead can be taken into account when transmitting channel feedback information.

下面结合附图对本申请实施例进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present application are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)或NR系统、LTE系统、LTE FDD系统、LTE TDD系统、无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)系统、卫星通信系统、未来的通信系统,或者多种系统的融合系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth-generation (5G) or NR systems, LTE systems, LTE FDD systems, LTE TDD systems, wireless local area networks (WLAN) systems, satellite communication systems, future communication systems, or integrated systems of multiple systems. The technical solutions provided in this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and Internet of Things (IoT) communication systems or other communication systems.

通信系统中的一个设备可以向另一个设备发送信号或从另一个设备接收信号。其中信号可以包括信息、信令或者数据等。其中,设备也可以被替换为实体、网络实体、网元、通信设备、通信模块、节点、通信节点等,本申请中以设备为例进行描述。例如,通信系统可以包括至少一个终端和至少一个网络设备。网络设备可以向终端发送下行信号,和/或终端可以向网络设备发送上行信号。A device in a communication system can send signals to or receive signals from another device. These signals may include information, signaling, or data. The term "device" can also be replaced by an entity, network entity, network element, communication device, communication module, node, or communication node. This application uses devices as an example for description. For example, a communication system may include at least one terminal and at least one network device. A network device can send downlink signals to a terminal, and/or a terminal can send uplink signals to a network device.

图6是本申请的实施例应用的通信系统1000的架构示意图。如图6所示,该通信系统包括接入网100和核心网200,可选的,通信系统1000还可以包括互联网300。其中,接入网100可以包括至少一个接入网设备(如图6中的110a和110b),还可以包括至少一个终端(如图6中的120a-120j)。终端通过无线的方式与接入网设备相连,接入网设备通过无线或有线方式与核心网连接。核心网设备与接入网设备可以是独立的不同的物理设备,也可以是将核心网设备的功能与接入网设备的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上,还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的接入网设备的功能。终端和终端之间以及接入网设备和接入网设备之间可以通过有线或无线的方式相互连接。图6只是示意图,该通信系统中还可以包括其它网络设备,比如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,在图6中未画出。Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system 1000 used in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, the communication system includes an access network 100 and a core network 200. Optionally, the communication system 1000 may also include the Internet 300. The access network 100 may include at least one access network device (such as 110a and 110b in Figure 6) and at least one terminal (such as 120a-120j in Figure 6). The terminal is wirelessly connected to the access network device, and the access network device is wirelessly or wiredly connected to the core network. The core network device and the access network device may be independent, distinct physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the access network device may be integrated into the same physical device, or a single physical device may integrate some of the functions of the core network device and some of the functions of the access network device. Terminals and access network devices may be interconnected via wired or wireless connections. Figure 6 is merely a schematic diagram. The communication system may also include other network devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Figure 6.

本申请实施例中的网络设备可以包括用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以包括接入网设备或无线接入网设备,如网络设备可以是基站。本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是指将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称,或与如下名称进行替换,比如:基站(base station,BS)、节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、主站、辅站、多制式无线(motor slide retainer,MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(access point,AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、射频头(remote radio head,RRH)、中心单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、射电单元(radio unit,RU)、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点或类似物,或其组合。基站还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。基站还可以是移动交换中心以及D2D、V2X、M2M通信中承担基站功能的设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。可选的,RAN节点还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,车辆或车载设备等。例如,车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)技术中的接入网设备可以为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may include a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may include an access network device or a wireless access network device, such as the network device may be a base station. The access network device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a wireless access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network. The base station can broadly cover the following various names, or be replaced with the following names, such as: base station (BS), node B (NodeB), evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (TRP), transmitting point (TP), main station, auxiliary station, multi-standard wireless (motor slide retainer, MSR) node, home station, etc. A RAN node may include a base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (BBU), remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), remote radio head (RRH), central unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), radio unit (RU), positioning node, etc. A base station may be a macro base station, micro base station, relay node, donor node, or similar, or a combination thereof. A base station may also refer to a communication module, modem, or chip used within the aforementioned devices or apparatuses. A base station may also be a mobile switching center, a device that performs base station functions in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, or a device that performs base station functions in future communication systems. A base station may support networks with the same or different access technologies. Optionally, a RAN node may also be a server, wearable device, vehicle, or vehicle-mounted device. For example, the access network device in vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology may be a roadside unit (RSU). The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and device form used by the network device.

在一些部署中,本申请实施例所提及的网络设备可以为包括CU、或DU、或包括CU和DU的设备、或者控制面CU节点(中央单元控制面(central unit-control plane,CU-CP))和用户面CU节点(中央单元用户面(central unit-user plane,CU-UP))以及DU节点的设备。例如,网络设备可以包括gNB-CU-CP、gNB-CU-UP和gNB-DU。In some deployments, the network devices mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may include a CU, a DU, or both a CU and a DU, or a device including a control plane CU node (central unit-control plane (CU-CP)), a user plane CU node (central unit-user plane (CU-UP)), and a DU node. For example, the network devices may include a gNB-CU-CP, a gNB-CU-UP, and a gNB-DU.

在一些部署中,由多个RAN节点协作协助终端实现无线接入,不同RAN节点分别实现基站的部分功能。例如,RAN节点可以是CU,DU,CU-CP,CU-UP,或者RU等。CU和DU可以是单独设置,或者也可以包括在同一个网元中,例如BBU中。RU可以包括在射频设备或者射频单元中,例如包括在RRU、AAU或RRH中。In some deployments, multiple RAN nodes collaborate to assist terminals in achieving wireless access, with different RAN nodes implementing portions of the base station's functionality. For example, a RAN node can be a CU, DU, CU-CP, CU-UP, or RU. The CU and DU can be separate or included in the same network element, such as the BBU. The RU can be included in a radio frequency device or radio unit, such as an RRU, AAU, or RRH.

RAN节点可以支持一种或多种类型的前传接口,不同前传接口,分别对应具有不同功能的DU和RU。若DU和RU之间的前传接口为通用公共无线电接口(common public radio interface,CPRI),DU被配置用于实现基带功能中的一项或多项,RU被配置用于实现射频功能中的一项或多项。若DU和RU之间的前传接口为另一种接口,其相对于CPRI,将下行和/或上行的部分基带功能,比如,针对下行,预编码(precoding),数字波束赋形(beamforming,BF),或快速傅立叶反变换(inverse fast Fourier transform,IFFT)/添加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)中的一项或多项,从DU中移至RU中实现,针对上行,数字波束赋形(beamforming,BF),或快速傅立叶变换(fast Fourier transform,FFT)/去除循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)中的一项或多项,从DU中移至RU中实现。在一种可能的实现方式中,该接口可以为增强型通用公共无线电接口(enhanced common public radio interface,eCPRI)。在eCPRI架构下,DU和RU之间的切分方式不同,对应不同类型(category,Cat)的eCPRI,比如eCPRI Cat A,B,C,D,E,F。A RAN node may support one or more types of fronthaul interfaces, with different fronthaul interfaces corresponding to DUs and RUs with different functionalities. If the fronthaul interface between the DU and RU is a common public radio interface (CPRI), the DU is configured to implement one or more baseband functions, and the RU is configured to implement one or more radio frequency functions. If the fronthaul interface between the DU and RU is another type of interface, compared to CPRI, some downlink and/or uplink baseband functions, such as precoding, digital beamforming (BF), or inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT)/cyclic prefix (CP) for downlink, are moved from the DU to the RU. For uplink, digital beamforming (BF), or one or more fast Fourier transform (FFT)/cyclic prefix (CP) removal are moved from the DU to the RU. In one possible implementation, the interface can be an enhanced common public radio interface (eCPRI). In the eCPRI architecture, the division between the DU and RU is different, corresponding to different types (Categories) of eCPRI, such as eCPRI Category A, B, C, D, E, and F.

以eCPRI Cat A为例,对于下行传输,以层映射为切分,DU被配置用于实现层映射及之前的一项或多项功能(即编码、速率匹配,加扰,调制,层映射中的一项或多项),而层映射之后的其他功能(例如,资源元素(resource element,RE)映射,数字波束赋形(beamforming,BF),或快速傅立叶反变换(inverse fast Fourier transform,IFFT)/添加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)中的一项或多项)移至RU中实现。对于上行传输,以解RE映射为切分,DU被配置用于实现解映射及之前的一项或多项功能(即解码,解速率匹配,解扰,解调,离散傅里叶逆变换(inverse discrete Fourier transform,IDFT),信道均衡,解RE映射中的一项或多项功能),而解映射之后的其他功能(例如,数字BF或快速傅里叶变换(fast Fourier transform,FFT)/去CP中的一项或多项)移至RU中实现。可以理解的是,关于各种类型的eCPRI所对应的DU和RU的功能描述,可以参考eCPRI协议,在此不予赘述。Taking eCPRI Cat A as an example, for downlink transmission, based on layer mapping, the DU is configured to implement layer mapping and one or more functions before it (i.e., one or more of coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, and layer mapping), while other functions after layer mapping (for example, one or more of resource element (RE) mapping, digital beamforming (BF), or inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT)/adding a cyclic prefix (CP)) are moved to the RU for implementation. For uplink transmission, the DU is configured to perform demapping and one or more of the preceding functions (i.e., decoding, rate matching, descrambling, demodulation, inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT), channel equalization, and demapping), with demapping being the key division. Other functions after demapping (e.g., one or more of digital BF or fast Fourier transform (FFT)/CP removal) are implemented in the RU. For a functional description of the DU and RU corresponding to various types of eCPRI, please refer to the eCPRI protocol and will not be elaborated on here.

一种可能的设计中,BBU中用于实现基带功能的处理单元称为基带高层(base band high,BBH)单元,RRU/AAU/RRH中用于实现基带功能的处理单元称为基带低层(base band low,BBL)单元。In one possible design, the processing unit used to implement baseband functions in the BBU is called a baseband high (BBH) unit, and the processing unit used to implement baseband functions in the RRU/AAU/RRH is called a baseband low (BBL) unit.

在不同系统中,CU(或CU-CP和CU-UP)、DU或RU也可以有不同的名称,但是本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。例如,在开放式无线接入网(open RAN,ORAN/O-RAN)系统中,CU也可以称为O-CU(开放式CU),DU也可以称为O-DU,CU-CP也可以称为O-CU-CP,CU-UP也可以称为O-CU-UP,RU也可以称为O-RU。本申请中的CU(或CU-CP、CU-UP)、DU和RU中的任一单元,可以是通过软件模块、硬件模块、或者软件模块与硬件模块结合来实现。In different systems, CU (or CU-CP and CU-UP), DU or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art will understand their meanings. For example, in an open radio access network (open RAN, ORAN/O-RAN) system, CU may also be called O-CU (open CU), DU may also be called O-DU, CU-CP may also be called O-CU-CP, CU-UP may also be called O-CU-UP, and RU may also be called O-RU. Any of the CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application may be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.

本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统、硬件电路、软件模块、或硬件电路加软件模块。该装置可以被安装在网络设备中或者和网络设备匹配使用。在本申请实施例中仅以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置为网络设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。In the embodiments of the present application, the device for implementing the functions of the network device can be a network device; it can also be a device that can support the network device to implement the functions, such as a chip system, a hardware circuit, a software module, or a hardware circuit and a software module. The device can be installed in the network device or used in conjunction with the network device. In the embodiments of the present application, only the device for implementing the functions of the network device is used as an example to illustrate, and does not constitute a limitation on the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.

终端也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入中的、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户带来或用户装置等。可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备。A terminal may also be called terminal equipment, user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication equipment, user equipment, or user device. It can be a device with wireless transceiver capabilities.

终端可以是一种提供语音/数据的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。A terminal can be a device that provides voice/data, for example, a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablet computers, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMNs), etc., are not limited to these in the embodiments of the present application.

作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,终端还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices may also be called wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed using wearable technology for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and independent of smartphones to achieve complete or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as devices that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.

本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中或者和终端设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。在本申请实施例中仅以用于实现终端的功能的装置为终端设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。In the embodiments of the present application, the apparatus for realizing the functions of the terminal may be a terminal device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the terminal in realizing the functions, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal device or used in conjunction with the terminal device. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. In the embodiments of the present application, only the terminal device is used as an example for explanation, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.

终端可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。例如,终端可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面(例如轮船等)上;还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和人造卫星上)。基站可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。例如,直升机或无人机可以被配置成充当移动基站,一个或多个小区可以根据该移动基站的位置移动。在其他示例中,直升机或无人机可以被配置成用作与另一基站通信的设备。本申请的实施例对网络设备和终端的应用场景不做限定。The terminal can be fixed or movable. For example, the terminal can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons and artificial satellites). The base station can be fixed or mobile. For example, a helicopter or a drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move according to the location of the mobile base station. In other examples, a helicopter or a drone can be configured to be used as a device for communicating with another base station. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of network devices and terminals.

网络设备和终端的角色可以是相对的,例如,图6中的直升机或无人机120i可以被配置成移动网络设备,对于那些通过120i接入到无线接入网100的终端120j来说,无人机120i是网络设备;但对于网络设备110a来说,120i是终端,即110a与120i之间是通过无线空口协议进行通信的。当然,110a与120i之间也可以是通过网络设备与网络设备之间的接口协议进行通信的,此时,相对于110a来说,120i也是网络设备。因此,网络设备和终端都可以统一称为通信装置,图6中的110a和110b可以称为具有网络设备功能的通信装置,图6中的120a-120j可以称为具有终端功能的通信装置。The roles of network devices and terminals can be relative. For example, the helicopter or drone 120i in Figure 6 can be configured as a mobile network device. With respect to the terminal 120j accessing the wireless access network 100 via 120i, drone 120i is a network device. However, with respect to network device 110a, 120i is a terminal, meaning that communication between 110a and 120i occurs via a wireless air interface protocol. Of course, communication between 110a and 120i can also occur via an interface protocol between network devices. In this case, 120i is also a network device relative to 110a. Therefore, both network devices and terminals can be collectively referred to as communication devices. 110a and 110b in Figure 6 can be referred to as communication devices with network device functionality, while 120a-120j in Figure 6 can be referred to as communication devices with terminal functionality.

终端和网络设备可以是硬件设备,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,通用硬件上运行的软件功能,比如,是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能,又或者,是包括专用或通用硬件设备和软件功能的实体,本申请对于终端和网络设备的具体形态不作限定。Terminals and network devices can be hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, software functions running on general-purpose hardware, such as virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform), or entities including dedicated or general-purpose hardware devices and software functions. This application does not limit the specific form of terminals and network devices.

应理解,图6所示的通信系统中各个设备的数量、类型仅作为示意,本申请并不限于此,实际应用中在通信系统中还可以包括更多的终端、更多的接入网设备,还可以包括其它网元,例如可以包括核心网设备,网管和/或用于实现人工智能功能的网元。It should be understood that the number and type of each device in the communication system shown in Figure 6 are for illustration only, and the present application is not limited to this. In actual applications, the communication system may also include more terminals, more access network devices, and other network elements, such as core network equipment, network management and/or network elements for implementing artificial intelligence functions.

基于图6所示的系统架构,图7示出了本申请实施例适用的一种简化的通信系统架构。如图7所示,通信系统中包括网络设备110和至少一个终端,例如图7所示的终端120和终端130。网络设备110与终端(如终端120和终端130)可通过无线链路通信。该通信系统中的各通信设备之间,例如,网络设备110与终端120之间,可通过多天线技术通信。Based on the system architecture shown in Figure 6, Figure 7 shows a simplified communication system architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the communication system includes a network device 110 and at least one terminal, such as the terminal 120 and the terminal 130 shown in Figure 7. The network device 110 and the terminal (such as the terminal 120 and the terminal 130) can communicate via a wireless link. The communication devices in the communication system, for example, the network device 110 and the terminal 120, can communicate via multi-antenna technology.

可选的,网络设备110中可以配置AI模块。可选的,终端120和/或终端130中也可以配置AI模块。AI模块用于执行AI相关的操作,例如,构建训练数据集或训练AI模型或AI模型监控等。Optionally, an AI module may be configured in the network device 110. Optionally, an AI module may also be configured in the terminal 120 and/or the terminal 130. The AI module is used to perform AI-related operations, such as constructing a training data set, training an AI model, or monitoring an AI model.

基于图6所示的系统架构,图8示出了本申请实施例适用的另一种简化的通信系统架构示意图。相较于图7所示的通信系统,图8所示的通信系统中还包括AI网元140。AI网元140用于执行AI相关的操作,例如,构建训练数据集或训练AI模型或AI模型监控等。本申请实施例中,AI网元也可以称为AI节点,或AI实体,或AI模块,本申请不予限制。Based on the system architecture shown in Figure 6, Figure 8 shows another simplified communication system architecture diagram applicable to the embodiment of the present application. Compared with the communication system shown in Figure 7, the communication system shown in Figure 8 also includes an AI network element 140. The AI network element 140 is used to perform AI-related operations, such as building a training data set or training an AI model or AI model monitoring. In the embodiment of the present application, the AI network element can also be referred to as an AI node, or an AI entity, or an AI module, which is not limited in this application.

在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备110可以将与AI模型的训练相关的数据发送给AI网元140,由AI网元140构建训练数据集,并训练AI模型。例如,与AI模型的训练相关的数据可以包括终端上报的数据。AI网元140可以将AI模型相关的操作的结果发送至网络设备110,并通过网络设备110转发至终端。例如,AI模型相关的操作的结果可以包括以下至少一项:已完成训练的AI模型、模型的评估结果或测试结果等。示例性地,已完成训练的AI模型的一部分可以部署于网络设备110上,另一部分部署于终端上。可替换地,已完成训练的AI模型可以部署于网络设备110上。或者,已完成训练的AI模型可以部署于终端上。In one possible implementation, the network device 110 may send data related to the training of the AI model to the AI network element 140, which constructs a training data set and trains the AI model. For example, the data related to the training of the AI model may include data reported by the terminal. The AI network element 140 may send the results of operations related to the AI model to the network device 110, and forward them to the terminal through the network device 110. For example, the results of operations related to the AI model may include at least one of the following: an AI model that has completed training, an evaluation result or a test result of the model, etc. Exemplarily, a portion of the trained AI model may be deployed on the network device 110, and another portion may be deployed on the terminal. Alternatively, the trained AI model may be deployed on the network device 110. Alternatively, the trained AI model may be deployed on the terminal.

应理解,图8仅以AI网元140与网络设备110直接相连为例进行说明,在其他场景中,AI网元140也可以与终端相连。或者,AI网元140可以同时与网络设备110和终端相连。或者,AI网元140还可以通过第三方网元与网络设备110相连。本申请实施例对AI网元与其他网元的连接关系不做限定。It should be understood that FIG8 illustrates only the example of a direct connection between AI network element 140 and network device 110. In other scenarios, AI network element 140 may also be connected to a terminal. Alternatively, AI network element 140 may be connected to both network device 110 and a terminal simultaneously. Alternatively, AI network element 140 may be connected to network device 110 through a third-party network element. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the connection relationship between the AI network element and other network elements.

需要说明的是,图7和图8仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,例如,通信系统中还可以包括其它设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和/或无线回传设备等,图7和图8中未予以画出。在实际应用中,该通信系统可以包括多个网络设备,也可以包括多个终端。本申请实施例对通信系统中包括的网络设备和终端的数量不做限定。It should be noted that Figures 7 and 8 are simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding. For example, the communication system may also include other devices, such as wireless relay devices and/or wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Figures 7 and 8. In actual applications, the communication system may include multiple network devices and multiple terminals. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of network devices and terminals included in the communication system.

本申请实施例提供的其他一些通信系统中,AI网元可以部署于通信系统中的如下位置中的一项或多项:接入网络设备、终端、或核心网设备等。AI网元也可单独部署,例如,部署于上述任一项设备之外的位置,比如,过顶(over the top,OTT)系统的主机或云端服务器中。AI网元可以与通信系统中的其它设备通信,其它设备例如可以为以下中的一项或多项:网络设备,终端,或核心网的网元等。In some other communication systems provided in embodiments of the present application, an AI network element can be deployed in one or more of the following locations in the communication system: access network equipment, terminals, or core network equipment. The AI network element can also be deployed independently, for example, in a location other than any of the aforementioned devices, such as a host or cloud server in an over-the-top (OTT) system. The AI network element can communicate with other devices in the communication system, such as one or more of the following: network equipment, terminals, or core network elements.

可以理解,AI网元可以是各自独立的设备,也可以集成于同一设备中实现不同的功能,或者可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能,本申请实施例对于上述AI网元的具体形态不作限定。It can be understood that AI network elements can be independent devices, or they can be integrated into the same device to implement different functions, or they can be network elements in hardware devices, or they can be software functions running on dedicated hardware, or they can be virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific form of the above-mentioned AI network elements.

可以理解,本申请实施例对于AI网元的数量不予限制。例如,当有多个AI网元时,多个AI网元可以基于功能进行划分,例如不同的AI网元负责不同的功能。It is understood that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of AI network elements. For example, when there are multiple AI network elements, the multiple AI network elements can be divided based on function, for example, different AI network elements are responsible for different functions.

图9为本申请实施例提供的通信系统中的一种可能的应用框架示意图。如图9所示,通信系统中网元之间通过接口(例如NG,Xn)或空口相连。这些网元,例如核心网设备、接入网设备(例如RAN节点)、终端或操作、管理和维护(operations,administration,and management,OAM)中的一个或多个设备中设置有一个或多个AI模块(为清楚起见,图9中仅示出1个)。接入网设备可以作为单独的RAN节点,也可以包括多个RAN节点,例如,包括CU和DU。所述CU和/或DU也可以设置一个或多个AI模块。可选的,CU还可以被拆分为CU-CP和CU-UP。CU-CP和/或CU-UP中设置有一个或多个AI模块。Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework in a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, network elements in the communication system are connected through interfaces (e.g., NG, Xn) or air interfaces. These network elements, such as core network equipment, access network equipment (e.g., RAN nodes), terminals, or one or more devices in operations, administration, and management (OAM) are provided with one or more AI modules (for clarity, only one is shown in Figure 9). The access network equipment can serve as a separate RAN node or include multiple RAN nodes, for example, including CU and DU. The CU and/or DU can also be provided with one or more AI modules. Optionally, the CU can also be split into CU-CP and CU-UP. One or more AI modules are provided in the CU-CP and/or CU-UP.

所述AI模块用以实现相应的AI功能。不同网元中部署的AI模块可以相同或不同。AI模块的模型根据不同的参数配置,AI模块可以实现不同的功能。AI模块的模型可以是基于以下一项或多项参数配置的:结构参数(例如神经网络层数、神经网络宽度、层间的连接关系、神经元的权值、神经元的激活函数、或激活函数中的偏置中的至少一项)、输入参数(例如输入参数的类型和/或输入参数的维度)、或输出参数(例如输出参数的类型和/或输出参数的维度)。其中,激活函数中的偏置还可以称为神经网络的偏置。The AI module is used to implement the corresponding AI function. The AI modules deployed in different network elements may be the same or different. The model of the AI module can implement different functions according to different parameter configurations. The model of the AI module can be configured based on one or more of the following parameters: structural parameters (such as the number of neural network layers, the width of the neural network, the connection relationship between layers, the weight of the neuron, the activation function of the neuron, or at least one of the bias in the activation function), input parameters (such as the type of input parameters and/or the dimension of the input parameters), or output parameters (such as the type of output parameters and/or the dimension of the output parameters). Among them, the bias in the activation function can also be called the bias of the neural network.

一个AI模块可以具有一个或多个模型。一个模型可以推理得到一个输出,该输出包括一个参数或者多个参数。不同模型的学习过程、训练过程、或推理过程可以部署在不同的节点或设备中,或者可以部署在相同的节点或设备中。An AI module can have one or more models. A model can infer an output, which includes one or more parameters. The learning, training, or inference processes of different models can be deployed on different nodes or devices, or on the same node or device.

网络设备可以为设置有一个或多个AI模块的网络设备。网络设备可以为图9所示的核心网设备、接入网设备(RAN节点)或OAM中的一个或多个设备。比如,AI模块可以为RAN智能控制器(RAN intelligent controller,RIC)。AI模块可以通过从RAN节点(例如CU、CU-CP、CU-UP、DU和/或RU)获得来自多个终端的子集,重组为训练数据集#2,并基于训练数据集#2进行训练。The network device may be a network device equipped with one or more AI modules. The network device may be a core network device, an access network device (RAN node), or one or more OAM devices as shown in FIG9 . For example, the AI module may be a RAN intelligent controller (RIC). The AI module may obtain subsets from multiple terminals from a RAN node (e.g., a CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU, and/or RU), reorganize them into training dataset #2, and perform training based on training dataset #2.

图10为通信系统中的一种可能的应用框架示意图。如图10所示,通信系统中包括RIC。例如,所述RIC可以是图9中示出的AI模块,用于实现AI相关的功能。所述RIC包括近实时RIC(near-real time RIC,near-RT RIC),和非实时RIC(non-real time RIC,Non-RT RIC)。其中,非实时RIC主要处理非实时的信息,比如,对时延不敏感的数据,该数据的时延可以为秒级。实时RIC主要处理近实时的信息,比如,对时延相对敏感的数据,该数据的时延为数十毫秒级。FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework in a communication system. As shown in FIG10 , the communication system includes an RIC. For example, the RIC may be the AI module shown in FIG9 , which is used to implement AI-related functions. The RIC includes a near-real-time RIC (near-real time RIC, near-RT RIC) and a non-real-time RIC (non-real time RIC, Non-RT RIC). Among them, the non-real-time RIC mainly processes non-real-time information, such as data that is not sensitive to time delay, and the delay of the data can be in the order of seconds. The real-time RIC mainly processes near-real-time information, such as data that is relatively sensitive to time delay, and the delay of the data is in the order of tens of milliseconds.

所述近实时RIC用于进行模型训练和推理。例如,用于训练AI模型,利用该AI模型进行推理。近实时RIC可以从RAN节点(例如CU、CU-CP、CU-UP、DU和/或RU)和/或终端获得网络侧和/或终端侧的信息。该信息可以作为训练数据或者推理数据。可选的,近实时RIC可以将推理结果递交给RAN节点和/或终端。可选的,CU和DU之间,和/或DU和RU之间可以交互推理结果。例如近实时RIC将推理结果递交给DU,DU将其发给RU。The near real-time RIC is used for model training and reasoning. For example, it is used to train an AI model and use the AI model for reasoning. The near real-time RIC can obtain network-side and/or terminal-side information from a RAN node (e.g., CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU, and/or RU) and/or a terminal. This information can be used as training data or reasoning data. Optionally, the near real-time RIC can deliver the reasoning result to the RAN node and/or the terminal. Optionally, the reasoning result can be exchanged between the CU and the DU, and/or between the DU and the RU. For example, the near real-time RIC delivers the reasoning result to the DU, and the DU sends it to the RU.

所述非实时RIC也用于进行模型训练和推理。例如,用于训练AI模型,利用该模型进行推理。非实时RIC可以从RAN节点(例如CU、CU-CP、CU-UP、DU和/或RU)和/或终端获得网络侧和/或终端侧的信息。该信息可以作为训练数据或者推理数据,推理结果可以被递交给RAN节点和/或终端。可选的,CU和DU之间,和/或DU和RU之间可以交互推理结果,例如非实时RIC将推理结果递交给DU,由DU将其发给RU。The non-real-time RIC is also used for model training and reasoning. For example, it is used to train an AI model and use the model for reasoning. The non-real-time RIC can obtain network-side and/or terminal-side information from RAN nodes (such as CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU and/or RU) and/or terminals. This information can be used as training data or reasoning data, and the reasoning results can be submitted to the RAN node and/or terminal. Optionally, the reasoning results can be exchanged between the CU and the DU, and/or between the DU and the RU. For example, the non-real-time RIC submits the reasoning results to the DU, and the DU sends it to the RU.

所述近实时RIC,非实时RIC也可以分别作为一个网元单独设置。可选的,所述近实时RIC,非实时RIC也可以作为其他设备的一部分,例如,近实时RIC设置在RAN节点中(例如,CU和/或DU中),而非实时RIC设置在OAM中、云服务器中、核心网设备、或者其他网络设备中。The near real-time RIC and non-real-time RIC may also be separately configured as a network element. Optionally, the near real-time RIC and non-real-time RIC may also be part of other devices. For example, the near real-time RIC is configured in a RAN node (e.g., a CU and/or DU), while the non-real-time RIC is configured in an OAM, a cloud server, a core network device, or other network device.

采用本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式,支持矩阵乘法运算和标量量化能力的终端即可进行信道反馈信息的传输,相比于目前基于码本的传输方式,本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式无需进行以下一项或多项操作:基底选择(包括空域基底选择和/或频域基底选择)、过采样因子选择和索引重排列等,从而可以降低信道反馈信息传输对于终端能力的需求。此外,相比于标量量化的方式,本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式可以节省信道反馈信息的传输开销。Using the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application, terminals that support matrix multiplication and scalar quantization capabilities can transmit channel feedback information. Compared to the current codebook-based transmission method, the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application does not require one or more of the following operations: basis selection (including spatial basis selection and/or frequency basis selection), oversampling factor selection, and index permutation, thereby reducing the terminal capability requirements for channel feedback information transmission. In addition, compared to the scalar quantization method, the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.

下面对本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式进行说明,具体请参见以下信道反馈信息传输方式一至信道反馈信息传输方式七。The following describes the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application. For details, please refer to the following channel feedback information transmission method 1 to channel feedback information transmission method 7.

(一)信道反馈信息传输方式一(1) Channel feedback information transmission method 1

采用信道反馈信息传输方式一时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,或者说是空域基底矩阵的全集。以R16码本为例,本申请实施例中使用维度为Np×Np的空域基底矩阵确定系数矩阵,相应的,用于空域基底选择操作的相关参数L=21Np=N1N2。其中,N1和N2由网络设备配置,空域基底矩阵由网络设备配置或预配置或预定义,因此无需执行空域基底选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输空域基底选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission mode 1 is adopted, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or the full set of the spatial basis matrix. Taking the R16 codebook as an example, in the embodiment of the present application, a spatial basis matrix of dimension Np × Np is used to determine the coefficient matrix. Accordingly, the relevant parameters for the spatial basis selection operation are L = 21Np = N1N2 . Among them, N1 and N2 are configured by the network device, and the spatial basis matrix is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the network device. Therefore, there is no need to perform the spatial basis selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the spatial basis selection information.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式一时,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量,或者说是频域基底矩阵的全集。以R16码本为例,本申请实施例中使用维度为N3×N3的频域基底矩阵确定系数矩阵,相应的,用于频域基底选择操作的相关参数Mυ=N3,N3由网络设备配置,频域基底矩阵由网络设备配置或预配置或预定义,因此无需执行频域基底选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输频域基底选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission mode 1 is used, the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or in other words, the complete set of the frequency domain basis matrix. Taking the R16 codebook as an example, in the embodiment of the present application, a frequency domain basis matrix of dimension N3 × N3 is used to determine the coefficient matrix. Accordingly, the relevant parameter = N3 for the frequency domain basis selection operation, N3 is configured by the network device, and the frequency domain basis matrix is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the network device. Therefore, there is no need to perform the frequency domain basis selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the frequency domain basis selection information.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式一时,用于确定空域基底的空域基底过采样因子选择信息由网络设备配置或预配置或预定义,因此无需执行空域过采样因子选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输空域过采样因子选择信息。以R16码本为例,用于确定空域基底的q1和q2是根据空域过采样因子选择信息确定的,本申请实施例中,q1和q2可以使用默认值或网络设备配置的值,如q1=0,q2=0,也就是说,q1和q2无需空域过采样因子选择信息表示,因此也就无需执行空域过采样因子选择操作。When channel feedback information transmission mode 1 is adopted, the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the network device. Therefore, there is no need to perform a spatial oversampling factor selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the spatial oversampling factor selection information. Taking the R16 codebook as an example, q1 and q2 used to determine the spatial basis are determined based on the spatial oversampling factor selection information. In the embodiment of the present application, q1 and q2 can use default values or values configured by the network device, such as q1 = 0 and q2 = 0. In other words, q1 and q2 do not need to be represented by the spatial oversampling factor selection information, and therefore, there is no need to perform a spatial oversampling factor selection operation.

也就是说,在采用信道反馈信息传输方式一的情况下,信道反馈信息发送端选择非零系数并进行量化,不进行空域基底的选择、频域基底的选择以及确定空域过采样因子选择信息的操作。相应的,信道反馈信息包括非零系数选择信息和非零系数量化信息,不包括空域基底选择信息、空域过采样因子选择信息和频域基底选择信息。That is, when channel feedback information transmission mode 1 is adopted, the channel feedback information transmitter selects non-zero coefficients and performs quantization, but does not select a spatial basis, select a frequency basis, or determine spatial oversampling factor selection information. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information and non-zero coefficient quantization information, but does not include spatial basis selection information, spatial oversampling factor selection information, or frequency basis selection information.

系数矩阵通常是比较稀疏的,其中一部分元素的值比较小或为0。为了降低反馈,终端可以将其中取值较大的元素(称为非零系数)进行量化后发送给网络设备。也就是说,信道反馈信息中的非零系数可以是系数矩阵中不为0(或值较大)的系数中的全部或部分。可选的,所述非零系数可以包括幅度系数和/或相位系数,所述幅度系数可以包括宽带幅度系数和/或子带幅度系数。可选的,对非零系数采用的量化方法可以包括float32或float16或Nbit等,本申请不予限制。The coefficient matrix is usually relatively sparse, with some elements having relatively small values or being 0. In order to reduce feedback, the terminal may quantize the elements with larger values (called non-zero coefficients) and send them to the network device. That is, the non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information may be all or part of the coefficients in the coefficient matrix that are not 0 (or have large values). Optionally, the non-zero coefficients may include amplitude coefficients and/or phase coefficients, and the amplitude coefficients may include broadband amplitude coefficients and/or sub-band amplitude coefficients. Optionally, the quantization method used for the non-zero coefficients may include float32, float16, Nbit, etc., which is not limited in this application.

所述非零系数选择信息用于指示非零系数在系数矩阵中的位置。可选的,非零系数选择信息的表示方法可以与基于R16码本进行CSI反馈的方式中非零系数选择信息的表示方法相同。例如,非零系数选择信息可以是位图(bitmap),其长度(即比特个数)与系数矩阵中的元素的个数相同,每个比特指示系数矩阵中的一个系数,通过不同的比特值可以指示对应位置的系数是否被作为非零系数反馈,或者说根据该bitmap可以确定信道反馈信息中的每个非零系数在系数矩阵中的位置。以R16码本为例,在采用信道反馈信息传输方式一的情况下,系数矩阵的维度为Np×N3,因此上述bitmap的长度为Np×N3=2N1N2N3,该bitmap中值为1的比特所对应的系数为信道反馈信息中的非零系数,或者该bitmap中值为0的比特所对应的系数为信道反馈信息中的非零系数。The non-zero coefficient selection information is used to indicate the position of the non-zero coefficient in the coefficient matrix. Optionally, the representation method of the non-zero coefficient selection information can be the same as the representation method of the non-zero coefficient selection information in the CSI feedback method based on the R16 codebook. For example, the non-zero coefficient selection information can be a bitmap whose length (i.e., the number of bits) is the same as the number of elements in the coefficient matrix. Each bit indicates a coefficient in the coefficient matrix. Different bit values can indicate whether the coefficient at the corresponding position is fed back as a non-zero coefficient, or in other words, the position of each non-zero coefficient in the channel feedback information in the coefficient matrix can be determined based on the bitmap. Taking the R16 codebook as an example, when channel feedback information transmission method 1 is adopted, the dimension of the coefficient matrix is Np × N3 . Therefore, the length of the above bitmap is Np × N3 = 2N1N2N3 . The coefficients corresponding to the bits with a value of 1 in the bitmap are non- zero coefficients in the channel feedback information, and the coefficients corresponding to the bits with a value of 0 in the bitmap are non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information.

应理解,非零系数选择信息也可以通过其他方式表示,本申请不予限制。It should be understood that the non-zero coefficient selection information may also be represented in other ways, which is not limited in this application.

一种可能的实现方式中,以R16码本为例,采用信道反馈信息传输方式一时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵的全集,即L=N1N2,且用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底的全集,即Mυ=N3,基于上述公式(7),第l层码本可以为以下公式(8):
In one possible implementation, taking the R16 codebook as an example, when channel feedback information transmission mode 1 is adopted, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is the full set of spatial basis matrices, that is, L = N 1 N 2 , and the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is the full set of frequency domain basis matrices, that is, M υ = N 3 . Based on the above formula (7), the l-th layer codebook can be the following formula (8):

其中,l表示层数,l=1,2,3,4。γt,l为功率归一化因子, Where l represents the number of layers, l = 1, 2, 3, 4. γ t,l is the power normalization factor,

对于当i从0到N1N2-1时,分别取到{0,1,…N1-1}和{0,1,…N2-1}的所有组合情况,例如其中,为向下取整运算符,表示将实数x调整为不大于x的最接近整数;mod()为取余运算,mod(x,y)表示x除以y的余数。for When i ranges from 0 to N 1 N 2 -1, and Get all the combinations of {0,1,…N 1 -1} and {0,1,…N 2 -1} respectively, for example in, is the floor operator, It means adjusting the real number x to the nearest integer not greater than x; mod() is the remainder operation, and mod(x,y) represents the remainder of x divided by y.

当f从0到N3-1时,取到{0,1,…N3-1}的所有值,例如 When f ranges from 0 to N 3 -1, Get all the values of {0,1,…N 3 -1}, for example

另一种可能的实现方式中,仍以R16码本为例,幅度系数不区分全带和子带,也就是说,信道反馈信息中包括子带幅度系数,不包括宽度幅度系数,则第l层码本可以在公式(8)的基础上简化为以下公式(9):
In another possible implementation, still taking the R16 codebook as an example, the amplitude coefficient does not distinguish between the full band and the subband. That is, the channel feedback information includes the subband amplitude coefficient but does not include the width amplitude coefficient. Then the l-th layer codebook can be simplified to the following formula (9) based on formula (8):

另一种可能的实现方式中,仍以R16码本为例,系数不区分幅度和相位,也就是说,可以对系数的幅度和相位统一量化,例如通过float32或float16或Nbit量化,则第l层码本可以在公式(9)的基础上简化为以下公式(10):
In another possible implementation, still taking the R16 codebook as an example, the coefficients do not distinguish between amplitude and phase. That is, the amplitude and phase of the coefficients can be uniformly quantized, for example, by float32 or float16 or N-bit quantization. Then, the l-th layer codebook can be simplified to the following formula (10) based on formula (9):

其中,通过系数量化信息表示。in, Information is represented by quantized coefficients.

基于上述信道反馈信息传输方式一的实现原理,终端通过系数投影和系数量化即可实现信道反馈信息传输方式一,也就是说,支持矩阵乘法和标量量化的终端即可实现上述信道反馈信息传输方式一。相比于目前基于码本的CSI传输方式,本申请实施例中的终端无需进行基底选择(包括空域基底和频域基底)、空域过采样因子选择和索引重排列等操作,因此可以降低信道反馈信息传输对于终端能力的需求。此外,相比于对系数矩阵中的所有系数进行标量量化并传输量化信息相比,本申请实施例可以节省信道反馈信息的传输开销。Based on the implementation principle of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method 1, the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission method 1 through coefficient projection and coefficient quantization. That is to say, a terminal that supports matrix multiplication and scalar quantization can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method 1. Compared with the current codebook-based CSI transmission method, the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as basis selection (including spatial basis and frequency domain basis), spatial oversampling factor selection and index rearrangement, thereby reducing the channel feedback information transmission requirements for terminal capabilities. In addition, compared with scalar quantization of all coefficients in the coefficient matrix and transmission of quantization information, the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.

(二)信道反馈信息传输方式二(2) Channel Feedback Information Transmission Method 2

采用信道反馈信息传输方式二时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,或者说是空域基底矩阵的全集,因此无需执行空域基底选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输空域基底选择信息。When the second channel feedback information transmission method is adopted, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or the full set of the spatial basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the spatial basis selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial basis selection information.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式二时,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量,或者说是频域基底矩阵的全集,因此无需执行频域基底选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输频域基底选择信息。When the second channel feedback information transmission method is adopted, the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or the full set of the frequency domain basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the frequency domain basis selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the frequency domain basis selection information.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式二时,用于确定空域基底的空域基底过采样因子选择信息由信道反馈信息的发送端确定,因此信道反馈信息中包括空域过采样因子选择信息。When the second channel feedback information transmission mode is adopted, the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is determined by the transmitter of the channel feedback information. Therefore, the channel feedback information includes the spatial oversampling factor selection information.

也就是说,在采用信道反馈信息传输方式二的情况下,信道反馈信息发送端选择非零系数并进行量化,以及确定空域过采样因子选择信息,不进行空域基底的选择和频域基底的选择的操作。相应的,信道反馈信息包括非零系数选择信息、非零系数量化信息和空域过采样因子选择信息,不包括空域基底选择信息和频域基底选择信息。That is, when channel feedback information transmission mode 2 is adopted, the channel feedback information transmitter selects non-zero coefficients and performs quantization, and determines spatial oversampling factor selection information, but does not select a spatial basis or a frequency domain basis. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, and spatial oversampling factor selection information, but does not include spatial basis selection information or frequency domain basis selection information.

所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。以公式(7)所示的R16码本的第l层码本为例,空域过采样因子选择信息可以指示q1和q2,根据q1和q2可以确定也就是确定空域基底。The spatial domain oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial domain basis. Taking the first layer codebook of the R16 codebook shown in formula (7) as an example, the spatial domain oversampling factor selection information can indicate q 1 and q 2. According to q 1 and q 2 , That is to determine the airspace basis.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域过采样因子选择信息可以包括一个或多个参数,通过该一个或多个参数可以指示或确定q1和q2,进而可以确定空域基底。以R16码本为例,目前协议中的空域过采样因子选择信息包括以下参数i1,1,即可以通过参数i1,1联合指示q1和q2,例如,q1和q2的取值范围均为0,1,2,3,则q1和q2分别可通过2比特表示,i1,1为4比特,前两比特表示q1,后两比特表示q2In one possible implementation, the spatial oversampling factor selection information may include one or more parameters, which may indicate or determine q 1 and q 2 , thereby determining the spatial basis. Taking the R16 codebook as an example, the spatial oversampling factor selection information in the current protocol includes the following parameter i 1,1 , i.e., q 1 and q 2 may be jointly indicated by the parameter i 1,1 . For example, if the value ranges of q 1 and q 2 are both 0, 1, 2, and 3, q 1 and q 2 may each be represented by 2 bits, i 1,1 being 4 bits, with the first two bits representing q 1 and the last two bits representing q 2 .

所述非零系数选择信息的表示方法以及所述非零系数的量化方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容,不再赘述。The method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.

基于上述信道反馈信息传输方式二的实现原理,终端通过系数投影和系数量化即可实现信道反馈信息传输方式二,也就是说,支持矩阵乘法和标量量化的终端即可实现上述信道反馈信息传输方式二。相比于目前基于码本的CSI传输方式,本申请实施例中的终端无需进行基底选择(包括空域基底和频域基底)和索引重排列等操作,因此可以降低信道反馈信息传输对于终端能力的需求。此外,相比于对系数矩阵中的所有系数进行标量量化并传输量化信息相比,本申请实施例可以节省信道反馈信息的传输开销。Based on the implementation principle of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method 2, the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission method 2 through coefficient projection and coefficient quantization. That is to say, the terminal that supports matrix multiplication and scalar quantization can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method 2. Compared with the current codebook-based CSI transmission method, the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as basis selection (including spatial basis and frequency domain basis) and index rearrangement, thereby reducing the requirements of the terminal capability for channel feedback information transmission. In addition, compared with scalar quantization of all coefficients in the coefficient matrix and transmission of quantization information, the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.

(三)信道反馈信息传输方式三(3) Channel feedback information transmission method 3

采用信道反馈信息传输方式三时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,或者说是空域基底矩阵的子集。以R16码本为例,本申请实施例中可以从维度为Np×Np的空域基底矩阵中选择2L个向量用来确定系数矩阵,即L<N1N2。其中,N1和N2由网络设备配置,空域基底矩阵由网络设备配置或预配置或预定义。相应的,信道反馈信息中包括空域基底选择信息,该空域基底选择信息指示从空域基底矩阵中选择出的2L个空域基底。When channel feedback information transmission mode 3 is used, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a portion of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or a subset of the spatial basis matrix. Taking the R16 codebook as an example, in the embodiment of the present application, 2L vectors can be selected from the spatial basis matrix of dimension Np × Np to determine the coefficient matrix. That is, L < N 1 N 2 . N 1 and N 2 are configured by the network device, and the spatial basis matrix is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the network device. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes spatial basis selection information, which indicates 2L spatial basis selection information selected from the spatial basis matrix.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式三时,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量,或者说是频域基底矩阵的全集,因此无需执行频域基底选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输频域基底选择信息。When the third channel feedback information transmission method is adopted, the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or the full set of the frequency domain basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the frequency domain basis selection operation, and accordingly, there is no need to transmit the frequency domain basis selection information.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式三时,用于确定空域基底的空域基底过采样因子选择信息由网络设备配置或预配置或预定义,因此无需执行空域过采样因子选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输空域过采样因子选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission method three is adopted, the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is configured, preconfigured or predefined by the network device, so there is no need to perform the spatial oversampling factor selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial oversampling factor selection information.

也就是说,在采用信道反馈信息传输方式三的情况下,信道反馈信息发送端选择非零系数并进行量化,选择空域基底,不进行频域基底的选择以及确定空域过采样因子选择信息的操作。相应的,信道反馈信息包括非零系数选择信息、非零系数量化信息和空域基底选择信息,不包括频域基底选择信息和空域过采样因子选择信息。That is, when channel feedback information transmission mode 3 is adopted, the channel feedback information transmitter selects non-zero coefficients and performs quantization, selects a spatial basis, and does not select a frequency basis or determine spatial oversampling factor selection information. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, and spatial basis selection information, but does not include frequency basis selection information or spatial oversampling factor selection information.

所述空域基底选择信息指示从空域基底矩阵中选择出的空域基底。以公式(7)所示的R16码本的第l层码本为例,空域基底选择信息可以指示通过可以确定对应的也就是确定或指示空域基底。The spatial basis selection information indicates the spatial basis selected from the spatial basis matrix. Taking the first layer codebook of the R16 codebook shown in formula (7) as an example, the spatial basis selection information may indicate and pass and You can determine the corresponding That is, determining or indicating the airspace basis.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述空域基底选择信息可以包括一个或多个参数,通过该一个或多个参数可以指示或确定进而可以指示或确定空域基底。以R16码本为例,目前协议中的空域基底选择信息包括以下参数:i1,2,即可以通过参数i1,2联合指示例如令 其中C(dx,dy)为预定义的,根据dx和dy的取值可得到C(dx,dy)的值。其中,dx=N1N2-1-n(i),和dy=L-i。In a possible implementation, the spatial basis selection information may include one or more parameters, which may indicate or determine and Then, the spatial basis can be indicated or determined. Taking the R16 codebook as an example, the spatial basis selection information in the current protocol includes the following parameters: i 1,2 , that is, the parameters i 1,2 can be used to jointly indicate and For example, Where C(dx,dy) is predefined and can be obtained based on the values of dx and dy. Where dx = N 1 N 2 -1-n (i) and dy = Li.

所述非零系数选择信息的表示方法以及所述非零系数的量化方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容,不再赘述。The method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.

一种可能的实现方式中,以R16码本为例,采用信道反馈信息传输方式三时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵的子集,即L<N1N2,且用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底的全集,即Mυ=N3,基于上述公式(7),第l层码本可以为以下公式(11):
In one possible implementation, taking the R16 codebook as an example, when channel feedback information transmission mode 3 is adopted, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a subset of the spatial basis matrix, that is, L<N 1 N 2 , and the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is the full set of the frequency domain basis, that is, M υ =N 3 . Based on the above formula (7), the l-th layer codebook can be the following formula (11):

另一种可能的实现方式中,幅度系数可以不区分全带和子带,也就是说,信道反馈信息中包括子带幅度系数,不包括宽度幅度系数,这样还可以对上述公式(11)进一步简化,具体实现方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容。In another possible implementation, the amplitude coefficient may not distinguish between the full band and the sub-band. That is, the channel feedback information includes the sub-band amplitude coefficient but does not include the width amplitude coefficient. This can further simplify the above formula (11). For the specific implementation, please refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method.

另一种可能的实现方式中,系数不区分幅度和相位,也就是说,可以对系数的幅度和相位统一量化,这样还可以对上述公式(11)进一步简化,具体实现方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容。In another possible implementation, the coefficients do not distinguish between amplitude and phase, that is, the amplitude and phase of the coefficients can be uniformly quantized, which can further simplify the above formula (11). For specific implementation, please refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method.

基于上述信道反馈信息传输方式三的实现原理,终端通过系数投影、系数量化和空域基底选择即可实现信道反馈信息传输方式三,也就是说,支持矩阵乘法、标量量化和空域基底选择的终端即可实现上述信道反馈信息传输方式三。相比于目前基于码本的CSI传输方式,本申请实施例中的终端无需进行频域基底选择和索引重排列等操作,因此可以降低信道反馈信息传输对于终端能力的需求。此外,相比于对系数矩阵中的所有系数进行标量量化并传输量化信息相比,本申请实施例可以节省信道反馈信息的传输开销。Based on the implementation principle of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method three, the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission method three through coefficient projection, coefficient quantization, and spatial basis selection. In other words, a terminal that supports matrix multiplication, scalar quantization, and spatial basis selection can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method three. Compared with the current codebook-based CSI transmission method, the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as frequency domain basis selection and index permutation, thereby reducing the requirements for terminal capabilities for channel feedback information transmission. In addition, compared with scalar quantization of all coefficients in the coefficient matrix and transmission of quantization information, the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.

(四)信道反馈信息传输方式四(IV) Channel Feedback Information Transmission Method 4

采用信道反馈信息传输方式四时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,或者说是空域基底矩阵的全集,因此无需执行空域基底选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输空域基底选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission method 4 is adopted, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or the full set of the spatial basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the spatial basis selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial basis selection information.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式四时,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,或者说是频域基底矩阵的子集。以R16码本为例,本申请实施例中可以从维度为N3×N3的频域基底矩阵中选择Mυ个向量用来确定系数矩阵,Mυ<N3。相应的,信道反馈信息中包括频域基底选择信息,该频域基底选择信息指示从频域基底矩阵中选择出的Mυ个频域基底。When channel feedback information transmission mode 4 is used, the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a portion of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or in other words, a subset of the frequency domain basis matrix. Taking the R16 codebook as an example, in the embodiment of the present application, M v vectors can be selected from the frequency domain basis matrix of dimension N 3 ×N 3 to determine the coefficient matrix, where M v <N 3. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes frequency domain basis selection information, which indicates the M v frequency domain basis selected from the frequency domain basis matrix.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式四时,用于确定空域基底的空域基底过采样因子选择信息由网络设备配置或预配置或预定义,因此无需执行空域过采样因子选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输空域过采样因子选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission mode 4 is adopted, the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is configured, preconfigured or predefined by the network device, so there is no need to perform the spatial oversampling factor selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial oversampling factor selection information.

也就是说,在采用信道反馈信息传输方式四的情况下,信道反馈信息发送端选择非零系数并进行量化,选择频域基底,不进行空域基底的选择以及确定空域过采样因子选择信息的操作。相应的,信道反馈信息包括非零系数选择信息、非零系数量化信息和频域基底选择信息,不包括空域基底选择信息和空域过采样因子选择信息。That is, when channel feedback information transmission mode 4 is adopted, the channel feedback information transmitter selects non-zero coefficients and performs quantization, selects a frequency domain basis, and does not select a spatial domain basis or determine spatial oversampling factor selection information. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, and frequency domain basis selection information, but does not include spatial domain basis selection information or spatial oversampling factor selection information.

所述频域基底选择信息指示从频域基底矩阵中选择出的频域基底。以公式(7)所示的R16码本的第l层码本为例,频域基底选择信息可以指示通过可以确定对应的频域基底向量 The frequency domain basis selection information indicates the frequency domain basis selected from the frequency domain basis matrix. Taking the first layer codebook of the R16 codebook shown in formula (7) as an example, the frequency domain basis selection information can indicate pass The corresponding frequency domain basis vector can be determined

所述非零系数选择信息的表示方法以及所述非零系数的量化方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容,不再赘述。The method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.

一种可能的实现方式中,以R16码本为例,采用信道反馈信息传输方式四时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵的全集,即L=N1N2,且用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底的子集,即Mυ<N3,基于上述公式(7),第l层码本可以为以下公式(12):
In one possible implementation, taking the R16 codebook as an example, when channel feedback information transmission mode 4 is adopted, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is the full set of spatial basis matrices, that is, L = N 1 N 2 , and the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a subset of the frequency domain basis, that is, M υ <N 3 . Based on the above formula (7), the l-th layer codebook can be the following formula (12):

另一种可能的实现方式中,幅度系数可以不区分全带和子带,也就是说,信道反馈信息中包括子带幅度系数,不包括宽度幅度系数,这样还可以对上述公式(11)进一步简化,具体实现方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容。In another possible implementation, the amplitude coefficient may not distinguish between the full band and the sub-band. That is, the channel feedback information includes the sub-band amplitude coefficient but does not include the width amplitude coefficient. This can further simplify the above formula (11). For the specific implementation, please refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method.

另一种可能的实现方式中,系数不区分幅度和相位,也就是说,可以对系数的幅度和相位统一量化,这样还可以对上述公式(11)进一步简化,具体实现方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容。In another possible implementation, the coefficients do not distinguish between amplitude and phase, that is, the amplitude and phase of the coefficients can be uniformly quantized, which can further simplify the above formula (11). For specific implementation, please refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method.

基于上述信道反馈信息传输方式四的实现原理,终端通过系数投影、系数量化和频域基底选择即可实现信道反馈信息传输方式四,也就是说,支持矩阵乘法、标量量化和频域基底矩阵选择的终端即可实现上述信道反馈信息传输方式四。相比于目前基于码本的CSI传输方式,本申请实施例中的终端无需进行空域基底的选择和空域过采样因子选择信息的确定等操作,因此可以降低信道反馈信息传输对于终端能力的需求。此外,相比于对系数矩阵中的所有系数进行标量量化并传输量化信息相比,本申请实施例可以节省信道反馈信息的传输开销。Based on the implementation principle of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 4, the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission mode 4 through coefficient projection, coefficient quantization and frequency domain basis selection. That is to say, a terminal that supports matrix multiplication, scalar quantization and frequency domain basis matrix selection can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 4. Compared with the current codebook-based CSI transmission method, the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as selecting a spatial basis and determining spatial oversampling factor selection information, thereby reducing the requirements of the terminal capability for channel feedback information transmission. In addition, compared with scalar quantization of all coefficients in the coefficient matrix and transmission of quantization information, the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.

(五)信道反馈信息传输方式五(V) Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 5

采用信道反馈信息传输方式五时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,或者说是空域基底矩阵的子集。相应的,信道反馈信息中包括空域基底选择信息,该空域基底选择信息指示从空域基底矩阵中选择出的2L个空域基底。When channel feedback information transmission mode 5 is used, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a subset of vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or a subset of the spatial basis matrix. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes spatial basis selection information indicating 2L spatial basis selections selected from the spatial basis matrix.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式五时,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量,或者说是频域基底矩阵的全集,因此无需执行频域基底选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输频域基底选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission method five is adopted, the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, or the full set of the frequency domain basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the frequency domain basis selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the frequency domain basis selection information.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式五时,用于确定空域基底的空域基底过采样因子选择信息由信道反馈信息的发送端确定,因此信道反馈信息中包括空域过采样因子选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission mode five is adopted, the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is determined by the transmitter of the channel feedback information, so the channel feedback information includes the spatial oversampling factor selection information.

也就是说,在采用信道反馈信息传输方式五的情况下,信道反馈信息发送端选择非零系数并进行量化,选择空域基底,确定空域过采样因子选择信息,不进行频域基底的选择的操作。相应的,信道反馈信息包括非零系数选择信息、非零系数量化信息、空域基底选择信息和空域过采样因子选择信息,不包括频域基底选择信息。That is, when channel feedback information transmission mode 5 is adopted, the channel feedback information transmitter selects and quantizes non-zero coefficients, selects a spatial basis, and determines spatial oversampling factor selection information, but does not select a frequency domain basis. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, spatial basis selection information, and spatial oversampling factor selection information, but does not include frequency domain basis selection information.

所述非零系数选择信息的表示方法以及所述非零系数的量化方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容,不再赘述。The method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.

所述空域基底选择信息的表示方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式三中的相关内容,不再赘述。The representation method of the spatial basis selection information can refer to the relevant content in the third channel feedback information transmission method, which will not be repeated here.

所述空域过采样因子选择信息的表示方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式二中的相关内容,不再赘述。For the representation of the spatial oversampling factor selection information, reference may be made to the relevant content in the second channel feedback information transmission method, which will not be described in detail.

基于上述信道反馈信息传输方式五的实现原理,终端通过系数投影、系数量化、空域基底选择和空域过采样因子选择信息确定,即可实现信道反馈信息传输方式五,也就是说,支持矩阵乘法、标量量化、空域基底矩阵选择和空域过采样因子选择信息确定的终端即可实现上述信道反馈信息传输方式五。相比于目前基于码本的CSI传输方式,本申请实施例中的终端无需进行频域基底的选择等操作,因此可以降低信道反馈信息传输对于终端能力的需求。此外,相比于对系数矩阵中的所有系数进行标量量化并传输量化信息相比,本申请实施例可以节省信道反馈信息的传输开销。Based on the implementation principle of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 5, the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission mode 5 through coefficient projection, coefficient quantization, spatial basis selection, and spatial oversampling factor selection information determination. In other words, a terminal that supports matrix multiplication, scalar quantization, spatial basis matrix selection, and spatial oversampling factor selection information determination can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 5. Compared with the current codebook-based CSI transmission method, the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as frequency domain basis selection, thereby reducing the requirements of the terminal capability for channel feedback information transmission. In addition, compared with scalar quantization of all coefficients in the coefficient matrix and transmission of quantization information, the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.

(六)信道反馈信息传输方式六(VI) Channel Feedback Information Transmission Method 6

采用信道反馈信息传输方式六时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,或者说是空域基底矩阵的全集,因此无需执行空域基底选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输空域基底选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission method six is adopted, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or the full set of the spatial basis matrix. Therefore, there is no need to perform the spatial basis selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial basis selection information.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式六时,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,或者说是频域基底矩阵的子集。相应的,信道反馈信息中包括频域基底选择信息,该频域基底选择信息指示从空域基底矩阵中选择出的Mυ个频域基底。When channel feedback information transmission mode 6 is used, the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix, or in other words, a subset of the frequency domain basis matrix. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes frequency domain basis selection information indicating M frequency domain basis selected from the spatial domain basis matrix.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式六时,用于确定空域基底的空域基底过采样因子选择信息由信道反馈信息的发送端确定,因此信道反馈信息中包括空域过采样因子选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission mode 6 is adopted, the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is determined by the transmitter of the channel feedback information, so the channel feedback information includes the spatial oversampling factor selection information.

也就是说,在采用信道反馈信息传输方式六的情况下,信道反馈信息发送端选择非零系数并进行量化,选择频域基底,不进行空域基底的选择和空域过采样因子选择信息的确定的操作。相应的,信道反馈信息包括非零系数选择信息、非零系数量化信息、频域基底选择信息和空域过采样因子选择信息,不包括空域基底选择信息。That is, when channel feedback information transmission mode 6 is adopted, the channel feedback information transmitter selects non-zero coefficients and performs quantization, selects a frequency domain basis, and does not select a spatial domain basis or determine spatial domain oversampling factor selection information. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, frequency domain basis selection information, and spatial domain oversampling factor selection information, but does not include spatial domain basis selection information.

所述非零系数选择信息的表示方法以及所述非零系数的量化方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容,不再赘述。The method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.

所述频域基底选择信息的表示方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式四中的相关内容,不再赘述。For the representation of the frequency domain basis selection information, reference may be made to the relevant content in the fourth channel feedback information transmission method, which will not be described in detail.

所述空域过采样因子选择信息的表示方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式二中的相关内容,不再赘述。For the representation of the spatial oversampling factor selection information, reference may be made to the relevant content in the second channel feedback information transmission method, which will not be described in detail.

基于上述信道反馈信息传输方式六的实现原理,终端通过系数投影、系数量化、频域基底选择和空域过采样因子选择信息确定,即可实现信道反馈信息传输方式六,也就是说,支持矩阵乘法、标量量化、频域基底矩阵选择和空域过采样因子选择信息确定的终端即可实现上述信道反馈信息传输方式六。相比于目前基于码本的CSI传输方式,本申请实施例中的终端无需进行空域基底的选择等操作,因此可以降低信道反馈信息传输对于终端能力的需求。此外,相比于对系数矩阵中的所有系数进行标量量化并传输量化信息相比,本申请实施例可以节省信道反馈信息的传输开销。Based on the implementation principle of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 6, the terminal can implement the channel feedback information transmission mode 6 through coefficient projection, coefficient quantization, frequency domain basis selection, and spatial domain oversampling factor selection information determination. In other words, a terminal that supports matrix multiplication, scalar quantization, frequency domain basis matrix selection, and spatial domain oversampling factor selection information determination can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 6. Compared with the current codebook-based CSI transmission method, the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform operations such as spatial domain basis selection, thereby reducing the requirements of the terminal capability for channel feedback information transmission. In addition, compared with scalar quantization of all coefficients in the coefficient matrix and transmission of quantization information, the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.

(七)信道反馈信息传输方式七(VII) Channel Feedback Information Transmission Method 7

采用信道反馈信息传输方式七时,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,或者说是空域基底矩阵的子集。相应的,信道反馈信息中包括空域基底选择信息,该空域基底选择信息指示从空域基底矩阵中选择出的2L个空域基底。When channel feedback information transmission mode 7 is used, the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a subset of vectors in the spatial basis matrix, or a subset of the spatial basis matrix. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes spatial basis selection information indicating 2L spatial basis selection information selected from the spatial basis matrix.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式七时,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,或者说是频域基底矩阵的子集。相应的,信道反馈信息中包括频域基底选择信息,该频域基底选择信息指示从空域基底矩阵中选择出的Mυ个频域基底。When channel feedback information transmission mode 7 is used, the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix, or in other words, a subset of the frequency domain basis matrix. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes frequency domain basis selection information indicating M frequency domain basis selection information selected from the spatial domain basis matrix.

采用信道反馈信息传输方式七时,用于确定空域基底的空域基底过采样因子选择信息由网络设备配置或预配置或预定义,因此无需执行空域过采样因子选择的操作,相应的也就无需传输空域过采样因子选择信息。When channel feedback information transmission method seven is adopted, the spatial basis oversampling factor selection information used to determine the spatial basis is configured, preconfigured or predefined by the network device, so there is no need to perform the spatial oversampling factor selection operation, and accordingly there is no need to transmit the spatial oversampling factor selection information.

也就是说,在采用信道反馈信息传输方式七的情况下,信道反馈信息发送端选择非零系数并进行量化,选择空域基底向量,选择频域基底向量,不进行空域过采样因子选择信息的确定的操作。相应的,信道反馈信息包括非零系数选择信息、非零系数量化信息、空域基底选择信息和频域基底选择信息,不包括空域过采样因子选择信息。That is, when channel feedback information transmission mode 7 is adopted, the channel feedback information transmitter selects and quantizes non-zero coefficients, selects spatial basis vectors, and selects frequency basis vectors, but does not determine spatial oversampling factor selection information. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes non-zero coefficient selection information, non-zero coefficient quantization information, spatial basis selection information, and frequency basis selection information, but does not include spatial oversampling factor selection information.

所述非零系数选择信息的表示方法以及所述非零系数的量化方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容,不再赘述。The method for expressing the non-zero coefficient selection information and the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients can refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method, and will not be repeated here.

所述空域基底选择信息的表示方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式三中的相关内容,不再赘述。The representation method of the spatial basis selection information can refer to the relevant content in the third channel feedback information transmission method, which will not be repeated here.

所述频域基底选择信息的表示方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式四中的相关内容,不再赘述。For the representation of the frequency domain basis selection information, reference may be made to the relevant content in the fourth channel feedback information transmission method, which will not be described in detail.

所述空域过采样因子选择信息的表示方式,可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式二中的相关内容,不再赘述。For the representation of the spatial oversampling factor selection information, reference may be made to the relevant content in the second channel feedback information transmission method, which will not be described in detail.

基于上述信道反馈信息传输方式七的实现原理,终端通过系数投影、系数量化、空域基底选择和频域基底选择,即可实现信道反馈信息传输方式七,也就是说,支持矩阵乘法、标量量化、空域基底选择和频域基底选择的终端即可实现上述信道反馈信息传输方式七。相比于目前基于码本的CSI传输方式,本申请实施例中的终端无需确定空域过采样因子选择信息等操作,因此可以降低信道反馈信息传输对于终端能力的需求。此外,相比于对系数矩阵中的所有系数进行标量量化并传输量化信息相比,本申请实施例可以节省信道反馈信息的传输开销。Based on the implementation principle of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode seven, the terminal can implement channel feedback information transmission mode seven through coefficient projection, coefficient quantization, spatial basis selection, and frequency domain basis selection. In other words, a terminal that supports matrix multiplication, scalar quantization, spatial basis selection, and frequency domain basis selection can implement the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode seven. Compared with the current codebook-based CSI transmission method, the terminal in the embodiment of the present application does not need to determine operations such as spatial oversampling factor selection information, thereby reducing the requirements for terminal capabilities for channel feedback information transmission. In addition, compared with scalar quantization of all coefficients in the coefficient matrix and transmission of quantization information, the embodiment of the present application can save the transmission overhead of channel feedback information.

应理解,本申请的一些实施例中虽然以R16码本为例对本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方法进行描述,但R16码本也可以替换为其他码本,例如R17码本或R18码本等,其实现原理与R16码本相同,也可以降低对终端能力的需求。It should be understood that although the channel feedback information transmission method provided in some embodiments of the present application is described using the R16 codebook as an example, the R16 codebook can also be replaced with other codebooks, such as the R17 codebook or the R18 codebook, etc., and its implementation principle is the same as that of the R16 codebook, and the requirements for terminal capabilities can also be reduced.

下面结合附图对本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方法进行说明。The channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application is described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

基于图6至图10任一附图所示的系统架构,图11示出了本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方法的流程示意图。该流程以第二设备向第一设备发送信道反馈信息为例进行描述。Based on the system architecture shown in any of Figures 6 to 10, Figure 11 shows a flow chart of a channel feedback information transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The flow is described by taking the second device sending channel feedback information to the first device as an example.

所述第一设备可以是网络侧设备,例如第一设备可以是基站,所述第二设备可以是终端侧设备。所述网络侧设备可以是网络设备,或者是网络设备中的模块(如芯片),或者是包含有网络设备功能的软件(如控制子系统),或者是与网络设备通信的其他设备,比如AI网元,该AI网元为服务器,如OTT设备或云服务器等中的一项或多项的组合。所述终端侧设备可以是终端设备,或者是终端设备中的模块(如芯片),或者是包含有终端设备功能的软件(如控制子系统),或者是与终端设备通信的其他设备,比如AI网元,该AI网元为服务器,如OTT设备或云服务器等中的一项或多项的组合。The first device may be a network-side device, for example, the first device may be a base station, and the second device may be a terminal-side device. The network-side device may be a network device, or a module (such as a chip) in a network device, or software containing network device functions (such as a control subsystem), or other devices that communicate with the network device, such as an AI network element, which is a server, such as an OTT device or a cloud server, etc., or a combination of one or more of the above. The terminal-side device may be a terminal device, or a module (such as a chip) in a terminal device, or software containing terminal device functions (such as a control subsystem), or other devices that communicate with the terminal device, such as an AI network element, which is a server, such as an OTT device or a cloud server, etc., or a combination of one or more of the above.

如图11所示,该流程可以包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 11, the process may include the following steps:

步骤1101:第一设备向第二设备发送第一信号。Step 1101: A first device sends a first signal to a second device.

所述第一信号用于信道测量,信道测量结果可以用于资源调度等。一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信号可以是参考信号,例如可以是CSI-RS或SSB,本申请不予限制。The first signal is used for channel measurement, and the channel measurement result can be used for resource scheduling, etc. In one possible implementation, the first signal can be a reference signal, such as a CSI-RS or SSB, which is not limited in this application.

步骤1102:第二设备根据第一信号获得信道反馈信息。Step 1102: The second device obtains channel feedback information according to the first signal.

一种可能的实现方式中,第二设备对第一信号进行测量,得到信号测量信息,根据空域基底和频域基底以及该信号测量信息确定系数矩阵,再从该系数矩阵中选择非零系数,对所述非零系数进行量化,得到信道反馈信息。In one possible implementation, the second device measures the first signal to obtain signal measurement information, determines a coefficient matrix based on the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis and the signal measurement information, then selects non-zero coefficients from the coefficient matrix, quantizes the non-zero coefficients, and obtains channel feedback information.

信道反馈信息用于指示系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息。其中,非零系数选择信息用于指示通过信道反馈信息反馈的非零系数在系数矩阵中的位置,非零系数选择信息的表示方式可以参考前述实施例中的相关内容。非零系数可以包括量化后的幅度系数和/或相位系数,所述幅度系数包括宽带幅度系数和/或子带幅度系数。非零系数的相关说明以及量化方法可以参考前述实施例中的相关内容。The channel feedback information is used to indicate the quantization information and non-zero coefficient selection information of the non-zero coefficients in the coefficient matrix. The non-zero coefficient selection information is used to indicate the position of the non-zero coefficients fed back via the channel feedback information in the coefficient matrix. The representation of the non-zero coefficient selection information can refer to the relevant content in the aforementioned embodiments. The non-zero coefficients can include quantized amplitude coefficients and/or phase coefficients, and the amplitude coefficients can include wideband amplitude coefficients and/or subband amplitude coefficients. For the relevant description of the non-zero coefficients and the quantization method, refer to the relevant content in the aforementioned embodiments.

应理解,“信道反馈信息用于指示系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息”也可以理解为:信道反馈信息包括系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息。本申请对信道反馈信息的表示方式不做限制。It should be understood that "channel feedback information is used to indicate quantization information and non-zero coefficient selection information of non-zero coefficients in the coefficient matrix" can also be understood as: the channel feedback information includes quantization information and non-zero coefficient selection information of the non-zero coefficients in the coefficient matrix. This application does not limit the representation method of the channel feedback information.

一种可能的实现方式中,用于通过信道反馈信息反馈的非零系数的数量是第二设备确定的。可选的,信道反馈信息还指示通过信道反馈信息反馈的非零系数的数量,或者信道反馈信息还包括非零系数数量的指示信息。In one possible implementation, the number of non-zero coefficients fed back via the channel feedback information is determined by the second device. Optionally, the channel feedback information further indicates the number of non-zero coefficients fed back via the channel feedback information, or the channel feedback information further includes information indicating the number of non-zero coefficients.

另一种可能的实现方式中,用于通过信道反馈信息反馈的非零系数的数量是第一设备配置的,或是预配置的,或是预定义的。这种情况下,第二设备发送的信道反馈信息可以无需指示非零系数的数量,或者信道反馈信息可以不包括非零系数数量的指示信息。In another possible implementation, the number of non-zero coefficients to be fed back via the channel feedback information is configured by the first device, or is preconfigured or predefined. In this case, the channel feedback information sent by the second device may not need to indicate the number of non-zero coefficients, or the channel feedback information may not include information indicating the number of non-zero coefficients.

另一种可能的实现方式中,用于通过信道反馈信息反馈的非零系数的数量是第二设备根据第一设备配置的信道反馈信息的精度要求确定的,精度要求越高,则非零系数的数量也越多。可选的,所述信道反馈信息的精度要求可以用SGCS阈值表示。In another possible implementation, the number of non-zero coefficients to be fed back via the channel feedback information is determined by the second device based on an accuracy requirement of the channel feedback information configured by the first device. A higher accuracy requirement indicates a greater number of non-zero coefficients. Optionally, the accuracy requirement of the channel feedback information may be represented by an SGCS threshold.

一种可能的实现方式中,非零系数的量化方式是第二设备确定的。可选的,第二设备发送的信道反馈信息还指示非零系数的量化方式,或者该信道反馈信息还包括非零系数的量化方式的指示信息。In one possible implementation, the quantization mode of the non-zero coefficients is determined by the second device. Optionally, the channel feedback information sent by the second device further indicates the quantization mode of the non-zero coefficients, or the channel feedback information further includes information indicating the quantization mode of the non-zero coefficients.

另一种可能的实现方式中,非零系数的量化方式是第一设备配置的,或是预配置的,或是预定义的。此种情况下,第二设备发送的信道反馈信息可以无需指示非零系数的量化方式,或者该信道返反馈信息中可以不包括非零系数的量化方式的指示信息。In another possible implementation, the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients is configured by the first device, or is preconfigured or predefined. In this case, the channel feedback information sent by the second device may not need to indicate the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients, or the channel feedback information may not include information indicating the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients.

另一种可能的实现方式中,非零系数的量化方式是第二设备根据第一设备配置的信道反馈信息的精度要求确定的。In another possible implementation, the quantization method of the non-zero coefficients is determined by the second device according to the accuracy requirement of the channel feedback information configured by the first device.

本申请实施例中,系数矩阵可以根据空域基底和频域基底获得,其中,空域基底和频域基底中的至少一项是基底矩阵中的所有向量。具体的,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底和频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项。所述第一选项为:用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。In an embodiment of the present application, the coefficient matrix can be obtained based on the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis, wherein at least one of the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis is all the vectors in the basis matrix. Specifically, the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix satisfy the first option, the second option or the third option. The first option is: the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the second option is: the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the third option is: the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is all the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

举例来说,如果第二设备使用空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵,也就是说用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底和频域基底满足第一选项,则第二设备无需执行空域基底的选择操作和频域基底的选择操作,相应的,信道反馈信息中不包括空域基底选择信息和频域基底选择信息。具体实现方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式一或信道反馈信息传输方式二的相关内容。For example, if the second device determines the coefficient matrix using all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, that is, the spatial basis and frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix satisfy the first option, then the second device does not need to perform spatial basis selection and frequency domain basis selection operations. Accordingly, the channel feedback information does not include spatial basis selection information and frequency domain basis selection information. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant content of Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 1 or Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 2.

再举例来说,如果第二设备使用空域基底矩阵中的部分向量和频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵,也就是说用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底和频域基底满足第二选项,则第二设备执行空域基底的选择操作,无需执行频域基底的选择操作。相应的,信道反馈信息中包括空域基底选择信息,不包括频域基底选择信息。具体实现方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式三或信道反馈信息传输方式五的相关内容。For another example, if the second device uses some vectors in the spatial basis matrix and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix to determine the coefficient matrix, that is, the spatial and frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix meet the second option, then the second device performs the spatial basis selection operation without performing the frequency domain basis selection operation. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes spatial basis selection information but does not include frequency domain basis selection information. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant content of Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 3 or Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 5.

再举例来说,如果第二设备使用空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和频域基底矩阵中的部分向量确定系数矩阵,也就是说用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底和频域基底满足第三选项,则第二设备执行频域基底的选择操作,无需执行空域基底的选择操作。相应的,信道反馈信息中包括频域基底选择信息,不包括空域基底选择信息。具体实现方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式四或信道反馈信息传输方式六的相关内容。For another example, if the second device uses all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and some vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix to determine the coefficient matrix, that is, the spatial and frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix meet the third option, then the second device performs the frequency domain basis selection operation without performing the spatial domain basis selection operation. Accordingly, the channel feedback information includes frequency domain basis selection information but does not include spatial domain basis selection information. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant content of Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 4 or Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 6.

一种可能的实现方式中,用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底和频域基底满足第四选项,所述第四选项为:用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,用于确定系数矩阵的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。如果第二设备使用空域基底矩阵中的部分向量和频域基底矩阵中的部分向量确定系数矩阵,也就是说用于确定系数矩阵的空域基底和频域基底满足第四选项,则第二设备执行空域基底的选择操作和频域基底的选择操作,相应的,信道反馈信息中包括空域基底选择信息和频域基底选择信息。具体实现方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式七的相关内容。In one possible implementation, the spatial basis and frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix satisfy the fourth option, and the fourth option is: the spatial basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a partial vector in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix is a partial vector in the frequency domain basis matrix. If the second device uses partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix and partial vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix to determine the coefficient matrix, that is, the spatial basis and frequency domain basis used to determine the coefficient matrix satisfy the fourth option, the second device performs a spatial basis selection operation and a frequency domain basis selection operation, and accordingly, the channel feedback information includes spatial basis selection information and frequency domain basis selection information. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant content of channel feedback information transmission method seven.

一种可能的实现方式中,第二设备可以根据第一设备配置的空域基底数量从空域基底矩阵中选择空域基底。例如,以R16码本为例,第一设备配置的空域基底数量为L,则第二设备可以从空域基底矩阵中选择2L个空域基底。另一种可能的实现方式中,第二设备可以根据第一设备配置的信道反馈信息的精度要求从空域基底矩阵中选择空域基底,例如,精度要求越高,则选择的空域基底的数量也越多。In one possible implementation, the second device may select a spatial basis from the spatial basis matrix based on the number of spatial basis configured by the first device. For example, taking the R16 codebook as an example, if the number of spatial basis configured by the first device is L, the second device may select 2L spatial basis from the spatial basis matrix. In another possible implementation, the second device may select a spatial basis from the spatial basis matrix based on the accuracy requirement of the channel feedback information configured by the first device. For example, the higher the accuracy requirement, the greater the number of spatial basis selected.

一种可能的实现方式中,第二设备可以根据第一设备配置的频域基底数量从频域基底矩阵中选择频域基底。例如,以R16码本为例,第一设备配置的频域基底选择比例为数量为pυ,则第二设备可以从频域基底矩阵中选择个频域基底。另一种可能的实现方式中,第二设备可以根据第一设备配置的信道反馈信息的精度要求从频域基底矩阵中选择频域基底,例如,精度要求越高,则选择的频域基底的数量也越多。In a possible implementation, the second device may select a frequency domain basis from the frequency domain basis matrix according to the number of frequency domain basis configured by the first device. For example, taking the R16 codebook as an example, if the frequency domain basis selection ratio configured by the first device is p υ , then the second device may select from the frequency domain basis matrix In another possible implementation, the second device may select a frequency domain basis from the frequency domain basis matrix according to the accuracy requirement of the channel feedback information configured by the first device. For example, the higher the accuracy requirement, the more frequency domain basis is selected.

一种可能的实现方式中,第二设备发送的信道反馈信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息。例如,在空域过采样因子选择信息由第二设备确定的情况下,第二设备可以将其确定的空域过采样因子选择信息发送给第一设备,以使得第一设备根据该空域过采样因子选择信息确定空域基底。空域过采样因子选择信息的表示方式可以参考信道反馈信息传输方式二、信道反馈信息传输方式五或信道反馈信息传输方式六中的相关内容。In one possible implementation, the channel feedback information sent by the second device also includes spatial oversampling factor selection information. For example, if the spatial oversampling factor selection information is determined by the second device, the second device may send the determined spatial oversampling factor selection information to the first device, so that the first device determines the spatial basis based on the spatial oversampling factor selection information. For the representation of the spatial oversampling factor selection information, refer to the relevant content in Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 2, Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 5, or Channel Feedback Information Transmission Mode 6.

另一种可能的实现方式中,空域过采样因子选择信息是第一设备配置的,或是预配置的,或是预定义的。相应的,第二设备可以根据该空域过采样因子选择信息确定空域基底,并且可以不用将空域过采样因子选择信息发送给第一设备。In another possible implementation, the spatial oversampling factor selection information is configured, preconfigured, or predefined by the first device. Accordingly, the second device may determine the spatial basis based on the spatial oversampling factor selection information, and may not need to send the spatial oversampling factor selection information to the first device.

步骤1103:第二设备向第一设备发送信道反馈信息。Step 1103: The second device sends channel feedback information to the first device.

第二设备接收到信道反馈信息后,可以根据信道反馈信息、空域基底和频域基底获得预编码矩阵。以R16码本的第l层为例,第二设备可根据信道反馈信息以及空域基底矩阵的共轭转置矩阵和频域基底矩阵的共轭转置矩阵恢复出第l层的预编码矩阵WlAfter receiving the channel feedback information, the second device can obtain the precoding matrix based on the channel feedback information, the spatial basis and the frequency basis. Taking the first layer of the R16 codebook as an example, the second device can obtain the precoding matrix based on the channel feedback information and the spatial basis matrix. The conjugate transposed matrix of and frequency domain basis matrix The conjugate transposed matrix of Restore the precoding matrix W l of the lth layer.

基于上述图11所示的方法,对于终端向网络设备发送信道反馈信息来说,终端可以无需执行以下一项或多项操作:空域基底选择操作、空域过采样因子选择操作、频域基底选择操作,相应的,终端无需向网络设备发送对应的选择信息。类似的,对于终端接收网络设备发送的信道反馈信息来说,网络设备无需向终端发送以下信息中的一项或多项:空域基底选择信息、空域过采样因子选择信息、频域基底选择信息,相应的,终端无需执行相应选择操作。针对不支持码本特性的终端,采用本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方法,可以在进行信道反馈信息传输时兼顾精度和传输开销。Based on the method shown in Figure 11 above, for the terminal to send channel feedback information to the network device, the terminal may not need to perform one or more of the following operations: spatial basis selection operation, spatial oversampling factor selection operation, frequency domain basis selection operation, and accordingly, the terminal does not need to send the corresponding selection information to the network device. Similarly, for the terminal to receive channel feedback information sent by the network device, the network device does not need to send one or more of the following information to the terminal: spatial basis selection information, spatial oversampling factor selection information, frequency domain basis selection information, and accordingly, the terminal does not need to perform the corresponding selection operation. For terminals that do not support the codebook feature, the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be used to take into account both accuracy and transmission overhead when transmitting channel feedback information.

基于上述图11所示的流程,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备还可以向第二设备发送配置信息,以配置第二设备采用上述方式进行信道反馈信息的反馈。在该实现方式中,在第一设备向第二设备发送第一信号之前,第二设备向第一设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于确定上述第一选项、第二选项、第三选项或第四选项。相应的,在步骤1102中,第二设备可以根据第一指示信息确定第一选项、第二选项、第三选项或第四选项,并根据第一选项、第二选项、第三选项或第四选项确定信道反馈信息。在步骤1103中,第一设备可以根据信道反馈信息以及第一指示信息指示的第一选项、第二选项、第三选项或第四选项确定预编码矩阵。例如,如果第一指示信息指示第二选项,则第一设备可以根据信道反馈信息中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,空域基底选择信息指示的空域基底向量和频域基底矩阵中的所有向量,确定预编码矩阵;再例如,如果第一指示信息指示第二选项,则第一设备可以根据信道反馈信息中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和频域基底选择信息指示的频域基底向量,确定所述预编码矩阵。Based on the process shown in Figure 11 above, in one possible implementation, the first device may also send configuration information to the second device to configure the second device to use the above-mentioned method to feedback channel feedback information. In this implementation, before the first device sends the first signal to the second device, the second device sends configuration information to the first device, and the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to determine the above-mentioned first option, second option, third option, or fourth option. Accordingly, in step 1102, the second device can determine the first option, second option, third option, or fourth option based on the first indication information, and determine the channel feedback information based on the first option, second option, third option, or fourth option. In step 1103, the first device can determine the precoding matrix based on the channel feedback information and the first option, second option, third option, or fourth option indicated by the first indication information. For example, if the first indication information indicates the second option, the first device can determine the precoding matrix based on the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients and the non-zero coefficient selection information in the channel feedback information, the spatial basis vector indicated by the spatial basis selection information, and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; for another example, if the first indication information indicates the second option, the first device can determine the precoding matrix based on the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients and the non-zero coefficient selection information in the channel feedback information, all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis vector indicated by the frequency domain basis selection information.

一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息可以是第一选项、第二选项、第三选项或第四选项的索引或编号。例如,第一指示信息是2比特信息,当该2比特信息取值为0时指示第一选项,当该2比特信息取值为1时指示第二选项,当该2比特信息取值为2时指示第三选项。再例如,第一指示信息是3比特信息,当该3比特信息取值为0时指示第一选项,当该3比特信息取值为1时指示第二选项,当该3比特信息取值为2时指示第三选项,当该3比特信息取值为3时指示第四选项。通过该方式可以降低信令开销。In one possible implementation, the first indication information may be an index or number of the first option, the second option, the third option, or the fourth option. For example, the first indication information is 2-bit information, and when the value of the 2-bit information is 0, it indicates the first option; when the value of the 2-bit information is 1, it indicates the second option; and when the value of the 2-bit information is 2, it indicates the third option. For another example, the first indication information is 3-bit information, and when the value of the 3-bit information is 0, it indicates the first option; when the value of the 3-bit information is 1, it indicates the second option; when the value of the 3-bit information is 2, it indicates the third option; and when the value of the 3-bit information is 3, it indicates the fourth option. This approach can reduce signaling overhead.

示例性的,如果第一指示信息指示第一选项,则第二设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式一或上述信道反馈信息传输方式二;如果第一指示信息指示第二选项,则第二设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式三或上述信道反馈信息传输方式五;如果第一信息指示第三选项,则第二设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式四或上述信道反馈信息传输方式六;如果第一指示信息指示第四选项,则第二设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式七。Exemplarily, if the first indication information indicates the first option, the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode one or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode two; if the first indication information indicates the second option, the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode three or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode five; if the first information indicates the third option, the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode four or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode six; if the first indication information indicates the fourth option, the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode seven.

可选的,在第一信息用于指示第一选项、第二选项、第三选项或第四选项的索引或编号的情况下,配置信息中还可以包括用于确定空域基底数量和/或频域基底数量的信息。例如,在第一指示信息指示第二选项的情况下,配置信息中还包括第一设备配置的空域基底数量;再例如,在第一指示信息指示第三选项的情况下,配置信息中还包括第一设备配置的频域基底选择比例。Optionally, when the first information is used to indicate the index or number of the first option, the second option, the third option, or the fourth option, the configuration information may further include information for determining the number of spatial domain bases and/or the number of frequency domain bases. For example, when the first indication information indicates the second option, the configuration information also includes the number of spatial domain bases configured by the first device; for another example, when the first indication information indicates the third option, the configuration information also includes the frequency domain base selection ratio configured by the first device.

另一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息可以第一参数组合、第二参数组合、第三参数组合或第四参数组合,每个参数组合中包括第一设备配置的空域基底数量和频域基底选择比例。示例性的,以R16码本为例:In another possible implementation, the first indication information may be a first parameter combination, a second parameter combination, a third parameter combination, or a fourth parameter combination, each parameter combination including the number of spatial bases and the frequency domain base selection ratio configured by the first device. For example, taking the R16 codebook as an example:

第一参数组合包括:空域基底数量L=1/2Np(即指示使用空域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵),频域基底选择比例pυ=1(即指示使用频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵);The first parameter combination includes: the number of spatial basis L=1/2N p (i.e., indicating that all vectors in the spatial basis matrix are used to determine the coefficient matrix), and the frequency domain basis selection ratio p υ =1 (i.e., indicating that all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix are used to determine the coefficient matrix);

第二参数组合包括:空域基底数量L<1/2Np(即指示使用空域基底矩阵中的部分向量确定系数矩阵),频域基底选择比例pυ=1(即指示使用频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵);The second parameter combination includes: the number of spatial basis L<1/2N p (i.e., indicating that some vectors in the spatial basis matrix are used to determine the coefficient matrix), and the frequency domain basis selection ratio p υ =1 (i.e., indicating that all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix are used to determine the coefficient matrix);

第三参数组合包括:空域基底数量L=1/2Np(即指示使用空域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵),频域基底选择比例pυ<1(即指示使用频域基底矩阵中的部分向量确定系数矩阵);The third parameter combination includes: the number of spatial basis L=1/2N p (i.e., indicating that all vectors in the spatial basis matrix are used to determine the coefficient matrix), and the frequency domain basis selection ratio p υ <1 (i.e., indicating that some vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix are used to determine the coefficient matrix);

第四参数组合包括:空域基底数量L<1/2Np(即指示使用空域基底矩阵中的部分向量确定系数矩阵),频域基底选择比例pυ<1(即指示使用频域基底矩阵中的部分向量确定系数矩阵)。The fourth parameter combination includes: the number of spatial basis L<1/2N p (i.e., indicating that the coefficient matrix is determined by using some vectors in the spatial basis matrix), and the frequency domain basis selection ratio p υ <1 (i.e., indicating that the coefficient matrix is determined by using some vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix).

示例性的,如果第一指示信息为第一参数组合,则第二设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式一或上述信道反馈信息传输方式二,并可以根据第一参数组合中的空域基底数量L确定使用空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,根据频域基底选择比例pυ确定使用频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;如果第一指示信息为第二参数组合,则可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式三或上述信道反馈信息传输方式五,并可以根据第一参数组合中的空域基底数量L从空域基底矩阵中选择2L个向量,根据频域基底选择比例pυ确定使用频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;如果第一指示信息为第三参数组合,则第二设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式四或上述信道反馈信息传输方式六,并可以根据第一参数组合中的空域基底数量L确定使用空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,根据频域基底选择比例pυ从频域基底矩阵中选择个向量;如果第一指示信息为第四参数组合,则第二设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式七,并可以根据第一参数组合中的空域基底数量L从空域基底矩阵中选择2L个向量,根据频域基底选择比例pυ从频域基底矩阵中选择个向量。Exemplarily, if the first indication information is a first parameter combination, the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode one or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode two, and may determine to use all vectors in the spatial basis matrix according to the number of spatial basis L in the first parameter combination, and determine to use all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio p υ ; if the first indication information is a second parameter combination, the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode three or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode five may be adopted, and may select 2L vectors from the spatial basis matrix according to the number of spatial basis L in the first parameter combination, and determine to use all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio p υ ; if the first indication information is a third parameter combination, the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode four or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode six, and may determine to use all vectors in the spatial basis matrix according to the number of spatial basis L in the first parameter combination, and select 2L vectors from the frequency domain basis matrix according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio p υ. vectors; if the first indication information is the fourth parameter combination, the second device may adopt the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode seven, and may select 2L vectors from the spatial basis matrix according to the number L of spatial basis in the first parameter combination, and select 2L vectors from the frequency domain basis matrix according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio p υ. vectors.

可选的,上述参数组合中还可以包括第一设备配置的非零系数的选择比例β,非零系数的选择比例β用于确定针对每层反馈的非零系数的最大数量K0。相应的,针对每层码本,第二设备选择出的用于反馈的非零系数的个数不超过该最大数量K0Optionally, the above parameter combination may further include a non-zero coefficient selection ratio β configured by the first device, and the non-zero coefficient selection ratio β is used to determine a maximum number K 0 of non-zero coefficients fed back for each layer. Accordingly, for each layer of the codebook, the number of non-zero coefficients selected by the second device for feedback does not exceed the maximum number K 0 .

另一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息可以是上述第一参数组合、第二参数组合、第三参数组合或第四参数组合的索引。第一设备和第二设备中可以预配置或预定义上述参数组合与索引的对应关系,第二设备可以根据第一设备配置的参数组合索引,通过查询该对应关系获得对应的参数组合。In another possible implementation, the first indication information may be an index of the first parameter combination, the second parameter combination, the third parameter combination, or the fourth parameter combination. The first device and the second device may preconfigure or predefine a correspondence between the parameter combinations and the indexes, and the second device may obtain the corresponding parameter combination by querying the correspondence based on the parameter combination index configured on the first device.

应理解,第二参数组合中空域基底数量L可能存在多种取值,相应的,第二参数组合的数量也可能为多个。类似的,第三参数组合的数量也可能有多个,第四参数组合的数量也可能有多个。It should be understood that the number of spatial bases L in the second parameter combination may have multiple values, and accordingly, the number of second parameter combinations may also be multiple. Similarly, the number of third parameter combinations may also be multiple, and the number of fourth parameter combinations may also be multiple.

一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备发送的配置信息还可以包括空域过采样因子选择信息。其中,空域过采样因子选择信息的表示方法可以参考上述信道反馈信息传输方式一中的相关内容。In a possible implementation, the configuration information sent by the first device may further include spatial oversampling factor selection information. A method for expressing the spatial oversampling factor selection information may refer to the relevant content in the first channel feedback information transmission method described above.

一种可能的实现方式中,第二设备还可以向第一设备上报终端能力信息。具体的,在第一设备向第二设备发送上述配置信息之前,第二设备向第一设备发送终端能力信息。相应的,第一设备根据第二设备发送的终端能力信息,向第二设备发送上述配置信息,使得第二设备采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式发送信道反馈信息。In one possible implementation, the second device may also report terminal capability information to the first device. Specifically, before the first device sends the configuration information to the second device, the second device sends the terminal capability information to the first device. Accordingly, the first device sends the configuration information to the second device based on the terminal capability information sent by the second device, causing the second device to send channel feedback information using the channel feedback information transmission method described above.

示例性的,本申请实施例中,所述终端能力信息可以指示以下一项或多项:For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal capability information may indicate one or more of the following:

选项1:终端能力信息指示第二设备不支持码本特性,或者说不支持目前协议定义的码本特性,比如不支持R16码本特性;Option 1: The terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support the codebook feature, or does not support the codebook feature defined by the current protocol, such as not supporting the R16 codebook feature;

选项2:终端能力信息指示第二设备不支持根据空域基底矩阵中的部分向量和频域基底矩阵中的部分向量确定系数矩阵;Option 2: The terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support determining a coefficient matrix based on some vectors in the spatial basis matrix and some vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix;

选项3:终端能力信息指示第二设备支持根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵。或者说,终端能力信息指示第二设备支持上述信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式。可选的,终端能力信息可以包括第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示上述信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式。例如,第二指示信息为3比特信息,当该3比特信息为0时,指示第二设备支持上述信道反馈信息传输方式一,当该3比特信息为1时,指示第二设备支持上述信道反馈信息传输方式二,以此类推。Option 3: The terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports determining the coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. In other words, the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports one of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission modes one to seven. Optionally, the terminal capability information may include second indication information, and the second indication information indicates one of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission modes one to seven. For example, the second indication information is 3-bit information. When the 3-bit information is 0, it indicates that the second device supports the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode one. When the 3-bit information is 1, it indicates that the second device supports the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode two, and so on.

可选的,所述终端能力信息也可能指示第二设备支持码本特性。这种情况下,第一设备也可以通过配置信息配置第二设备采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式来反馈信道反馈信息。Optionally, the terminal capability information may also indicate that the second device supports codebook characteristics. In this case, the first device may also configure the second device to use one of the channel feedback information transmission modes 1 to 7 to feed back channel feedback information through configuration information.

第二设备向第一设备发送终端能力信息,第一设备根据第二设备发送的终端能力信息向第二设备发送上述配置信息的一种可能的实现方式可以参考图14所示的流程。A possible implementation manner in which the second device sends the terminal capability information to the first device and the first device sends the above configuration information to the second device according to the terminal capability information sent by the second device can refer to the process shown in FIG14 .

本申请实施例提供的上述信道反馈信息传输方法还可以应用于在网络侧实现的模型监控场景。下面结合图12a和图12b对由网络侧执行的模型监控场景下的流程进行说明。The channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a model monitoring scenario implemented on the network side. The following describes the process in the model monitoring scenario executed by the network side in conjunction with Figures 12a and 12b.

基于图7、图9或图10所示的系统架构,参见图12a,本申请实施例提供的由网络侧执行的模型监控场景下的流程示意图。该流程以网络设备和终端为例描述。终端中包括第一AI模型,第一AI模型用于对信道反馈信息进行压缩,或者,压缩和量化,网络设备中包括第二AI模型,第二AI模型可以对接收到的信道反馈信息或经过解量化的信道反馈信息进行恢复。第一AI模型和第二AI模型可以参考图3所示的架构。网络设备和终端的说明可以参考前述实施例,不再赘述。Based on the system architecture shown in Figure 7, Figure 9 or Figure 10, see Figure 12a, a flow chart of a model monitoring scenario performed by the network side provided in an embodiment of the present application. The process is described using a network device and a terminal as an example. The terminal includes a first AI model, and the first AI model is used to compress the channel feedback information, or to compress and quantize the channel feedback information. The network device includes a second AI model, and the second AI model can restore the received channel feedback information or the dequantized channel feedback information. The first AI model and the second AI model can refer to the architecture shown in Figure 3. The description of the network device and the terminal can refer to the aforementioned embodiment and will not be repeated here.

如图12a所示,该流程包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 12a, the process includes the following steps:

步骤1201:网络设备向终端发送第一信号。Step 1201: The network device sends a first signal to the terminal.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图11中的步骤1101。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1101 in Figure 11.

步骤1202:终端向网络设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据第一信号获得。Step 1202: The terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model according to the first signal.

一种可能的实现方式中,终端对第一信号进行测量,得到信号测量信息,该信号测量信息被输入第一AI模型,获得第一AI模型输出的第一信道反馈信息。或者说,第一信道反馈信息是由第一AI模型根据真值信道反馈信息获得的,这里的真值信道反馈信息可以是直接测量得到的信号测量信息,未经过量化和压缩。In one possible implementation, the terminal measures the first signal to obtain signal measurement information, which is then input into a first AI model to obtain first channel feedback information output by the first AI model. Alternatively, the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on true channel feedback information. The true channel feedback information may be signal measurement information obtained directly by measurement without quantization or compression.

步骤1203:终端向网络设备发送第二信道反馈信息。Step 1203: The terminal sends second channel feedback information to the network device.

该步骤中,终端根据对第一信号进行测量所获得的信号测量信息,确定第二信道反馈信息,并将第二信道反馈信息发送给网络设备。该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图11中的步骤1102和步骤1103,也就是说,终端可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式,将第二信道反馈信息发送给网络设备。In this step, the terminal determines second channel feedback information based on signal measurement information obtained by measuring the first signal, and sends the second channel feedback information to the network device. For a specific implementation of this step, see steps 1102 and 1103 in Figure 11. That is, the terminal can use one of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission modes 1 to 7 to send the second channel feedback information to the network device.

步骤1204:网络设备对第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到第三信道反馈信息,根据第三信道反馈信息和第二信道反馈信息进行模型监控,即对第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控。Step 1204: The network device recovers the first channel feedback information to obtain third channel feedback information, and performs model monitoring based on the third channel feedback information and the second channel feedback information, that is, monitors the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model.

该步骤中,在网络设备侧,第一信道反馈信息被输入第二AI模型,获得第二AI模型输出的第三信道反馈信息。网络设备通过对比第三信道反馈信息的KPI指标与第二信道反馈信息的性能KPI指标之间的差异,确定第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能是否满足要求。可选的,所述KPI指标可以包括以下一项或多项:GCS、SGCS、均方差(mean square error,MSE)或NMSE等,本申请不予限制。In this step, on the network device side, the first channel feedback information is input into the second AI model to obtain the third channel feedback information output by the second AI model. The network device determines whether the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model meets the requirements by comparing the difference between the KPI indicator of the third channel feedback information and the performance KPI indicator of the second channel feedback information. Optionally, the KPI indicator may include one or more of the following: GCS, SGCS, mean square error (MSE) or NMSE, etc., which are not limited in this application.

示例性的,KPI指标为GCS时,该KPI指标满足以下公式(13):
For example, when the KPI indicator is GCS, the KPI indicator satisfies the following formula (13):

其中,是预测的第i个资源单元的信道反馈信息,是根据第三信道反馈信息得到的;wi为第i个资源单元的真值信道反馈信息,是根据第二信道反馈信息得到的。N为资源单元的数量。‖wi‖表示矩阵wi的模,或矩阵wi的范数。in, is the predicted channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the third channel feedback information; w i is the true channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the second channel feedback information. N is the number of resource units. ‖wi‖ represents the modulus or norm of matrix w i .

示例性的,KPI指标为SGCS时,该KPI指标满足以下公式(14):
For example, when the KPI indicator is SGCS, the KPI indicator satisfies the following formula (14):

其中,是预测的第i个资源单元的信道反馈信息,是根据第三信道反馈信息得到的;wi为第i个资源单元的真值信道反馈信息,是根据第二信道反馈信息得到的。in, is the predicted channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the third channel feedback information; w i is the true channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the second channel feedback information.

示例性的,KPI指标为MSE时,该KPI指标满足以下公式(15):
For example, when the KPI indicator is MSE, the KPI indicator satisfies the following formula (15):

其中,是预测的第i个资源单元的信道反馈信息,是根据第三信道反馈信息得到的;wi为第i个资源单元的真值信道反馈信息,是根据第二信道反馈信息得到的。in, is the predicted channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the third channel feedback information; w i is the true channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the second channel feedback information.

示例性的,KPI指标为NMSE时,该KPI指标满足以下公式(16):
For example, when the KPI indicator is NMSE, the KPI indicator satisfies the following formula (16):

其中,是预测的第i个资源单元的信道反馈信息,是根据第三信道反馈信息得到的;wi为第i个资源单元的真值信道反馈信息,是根据第二信道反馈信息得到的。in, is the predicted channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the third channel feedback information; w i is the true channel feedback information of the i-th resource unit, which is obtained based on the second channel feedback information.

可选的,图12a所示的流程中还可以包括网络设备向终端发送配置信息的步骤,进一步的,还可以包括终端向网络设备上报终端能力信息的步骤,具体实现方式可以参考前述实施例中的相关内容。Optionally, the process shown in Figure 12a may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant content in the aforementioned embodiments.

上述图12a所示的流程也可以应用于信道状态预测场景。在信道状态预测场景中,终端可以使用基于历史信号测量得到的信道响应获得信道反馈信息,并发送给网络设备,以实现信道状态的预测。The process shown in FIG12a can also be applied to a channel state prediction scenario. In this scenario, the terminal can use the channel response obtained based on historical signal measurements to obtain channel feedback information and send it to the network device to predict the channel state.

示例性的,在一种可能的信道状态预测以及模型监控的场景中,终端侧设置有第一AI模型,该第一AI模型用于基于一个或多个第二信号(该一个或多个第二信号不晚于第一信号,或者说第二信号为历史信号)进行信道反馈信息的预测。终端将预测的信道反馈信息(这里称为第一信道反馈信息)发送给网络设备。终端设备还采用本申请实施例提供的方法向网络设备发送第二信道反馈信息。第二信道反馈信息是基于第一信号获得的。第二信道反馈信息是第一信道反馈信息所对应的真值信道反馈信息。也就是说,第二信道反馈信息可以用于对第一AI模型的性能进行监控。在网络设备侧,可以根据第一信道反馈信息和第二信道反馈信息对第一AI的信道状态预测性能进行评估。Exemplarily, in a possible channel state prediction and model monitoring scenario, a first AI model is provided on the terminal side, which is used to predict channel feedback information based on one or more second signals (the one or more second signals are no later than the first signal, or the second signal is a historical signal). The terminal sends the predicted channel feedback information (here referred to as the first channel feedback information) to the network device. The terminal device also uses the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to send second channel feedback information to the network device. The second channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal. The second channel feedback information is the true value channel feedback information corresponding to the first channel feedback information. In other words, the second channel feedback information can be used to monitor the performance of the first AI model. On the network device side, the channel state prediction performance of the first AI can be evaluated based on the first channel feedback information and the second channel feedback information.

示例性的,在另一种可能的信道状态预测以及模型监控的场景中,终端侧设置有第一AI模型,终端基于一个或多个第二信号(该一个或多个第二信号不晚于第一信号)获得预测的信道反馈信息,再使用第一AI模型对该第一信道反馈信息进行压缩和量化。终端将经过压缩和量化的信道反馈信息(这里称为第一信道反馈信息)发送给网络设备。终端设备还采用本申请实施例提供的方法向网络设备发送第二信道反馈信息。第二信道反馈信息是基于第一信号获得的,第二信道反馈信息是第一信道反馈信息所对应的真值信道反馈信息。在网络设备侧,通过第二AI模型对第一信道状态信息进行恢复,根据恢复的信道状态信息和第二信道反馈信息对第一AI的性能进行评估,或者对第二AI模型的性能进行评估,或者对第一AI模型和第二AI模型的性能进行评估。Exemplarily, in another possible scenario of channel state prediction and model monitoring, a first AI model is provided on the terminal side, and the terminal obtains predicted channel feedback information based on one or more second signals (the one or more second signals are no later than the first signal), and then uses the first AI model to compress and quantize the first channel feedback information. The terminal sends the compressed and quantized channel feedback information (here referred to as the first channel feedback information) to the network device. The terminal device also uses the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to send second channel feedback information to the network device. The second channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal, and the second channel feedback information is the true value channel feedback information corresponding to the first channel feedback information. On the network device side, the first channel state information is restored by the second AI model, and the performance of the first AI is evaluated based on the restored channel state information and the second channel feedback information, or the performance of the second AI model is evaluated, or the performance of the first AI model and the second AI model is evaluated.

示例性的,在另一种可能的信道状态预测以及模型监控的场景中,终端侧设置有第一AI模型,终端使用第一AI模型并基于一个或多个第二信号(该一个或多个第二信号不晚于第一信号)获得预测的信道反馈信息,且该预测的信道反馈信息被第一AI模型进行了压缩和量化(这里称为第一信道状态信息)。终端将第一信道反馈信息发送给网络设备。终端设备还采用本申请实施例提供的方法向网络设备发送第二信道反馈信息。第二信道反馈信息是基于第一信号获得的,第二信道反馈信息是第一信道反馈信息所对应的真值信道反馈信息。在网络设备侧,通过第二AI模型对第一信道状态信息进行恢复,根据恢复的信道状态信息和第二信道反馈信息对第一AI的性能进行评估,或者对第二AI模型的性能进行评估,或者对第一AI模型和第二AI模型的性能进行评估。Exemplarily, in another possible scenario of channel state prediction and model monitoring, a first AI model is provided on the terminal side, and the terminal uses the first AI model and obtains predicted channel feedback information based on one or more second signals (the one or more second signals are no later than the first signal), and the predicted channel feedback information is compressed and quantized by the first AI model (referred to as the first channel state information here). The terminal sends the first channel feedback information to the network device. The terminal device also uses the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to send second channel feedback information to the network device. The second channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal, and the second channel feedback information is the true value channel feedback information corresponding to the first channel feedback information. On the network device side, the first channel state information is restored by the second AI model, and the performance of the first AI is evaluated based on the restored channel state information and the second channel feedback information, or the performance of the second AI model is evaluated, or the performance of the first AI model and the second AI model is evaluated.

可选的,还可以将预测得到的信道反馈信息与基于第一信号获得的真值信道反馈信息之间建立关联关系,例如,可以针对同一信道,将预测的信道反馈信息与真值信道反馈信息之间建立关联关系;再例如,可以将基于历史上第一时间(或第一时间段)的第一信号预测的信道反馈信息与基于当前的第一信号获得的真值信道反馈信息之间建立关联关系。Optionally, an association relationship may be established between the predicted channel feedback information and the true channel feedback information obtained based on the first signal. For example, for the same channel, an association relationship may be established between the predicted channel feedback information and the true channel feedback information. For another example, an association relationship may be established between the channel feedback information predicted based on the first signal at the first time (or first time period) in history and the true channel feedback information obtained based on the current first signal.

基于图6至图10中任一附图所示的系统架构,参见图12b为本申请实施例提供的另一种由网络侧执行的模型监控场景下的流程示意图。该流程以网络设备和终端为例描述。终端中包括第一AI模型,第一AI模型用于对信道反馈信息进行压缩,或者,压缩和量化,AI网元中包括第二AI模型,第二AI模型可以对接收到的信道反馈信息或经过解量化的信道反馈信息进行恢复。第一AI模型和第二AI模型可以参考图3所示的架构。该AI网元具备模型监控功能。网络设备和终端的说明可以参考前述实施例,不再赘述。Based on the system architecture shown in any of Figures 6 to 10, refer to Figure 12b for another flow chart of a model monitoring scenario performed by the network side provided in an embodiment of the present application. This process is described using a network device and a terminal as an example. The terminal includes a first AI model, which is used to compress the channel feedback information, or to compress and quantize the channel feedback information. The AI network element includes a second AI model, which can restore the received channel feedback information or the dequantized channel feedback information. The first AI model and the second AI model can refer to the architecture shown in Figure 3. The AI network element has a model monitoring function. The description of the network device and the terminal can refer to the aforementioned embodiment and will not be repeated here.

如图12b示,该流程包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 12b, the process includes the following steps:

步骤1211:网络设备向终端发送第一信号。Step 1211: The network device sends a first signal to the terminal.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图11中的步骤1101。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1101 in Figure 11.

步骤1212a:终端向网络设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据第一信号获得。Step 1212a: The terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on the first signal.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图12a中的步骤1202。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1202 in Figure 12a.

步骤1212b:网络设备将接收到的第一信道反馈信息发送给AI网元。Step 1212b: The network device sends the received first channel feedback information to the AI network element.

步骤1213a:终端向网络设备发送第二信道反馈信息。Step 1213a: The terminal sends second channel feedback information to the network device.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图12a中的步骤1203。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1203 in Figure 12a.

步骤1213b:网络设备将第二信道反馈信息发送给AI网元。Step 1213b: The network device sends the second channel feedback information to the AI network element.

步骤1214:AI网元基于第二AI模型对第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到第三信道反馈信息,并根据第三信道反馈信息和第二信道反馈信息进行模型监控,即对第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控。Step 1214: The AI network element recovers the first channel feedback information based on the second AI model to obtain third channel feedback information, and performs model monitoring based on the third channel feedback information and the second channel feedback information, that is, monitors the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图12a中的步骤1204。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1204 in Figure 12a.

可选的,图12b所示的流程中还可以包括网络设备向终端发送配置信息的步骤,进一步的,还可以包括终端向网络设备上报终端能力信息的步骤,具体实现方式可以参考前述实施例中的相关内容。Optionally, the process shown in Figure 12b may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant content in the aforementioned embodiments.

上述图12b所示的流程也可以应用于信道状态预测场景。在信道状态预测场景中,终端可以使用基于历史信号测量得到的信道响应获得信道反馈信息,并发送给网络设备,以实现信道状态的预测。具体的,信道预测和模型监控场景下的实现方式可以参考前述实施例,不同的是,在网络侧执行信道反馈信息恢复的操作可以由网络侧设置的AI网元实现。The process shown in Figure 12b above can also be applied to the channel state prediction scenario. In the channel state prediction scenario, the terminal can use the channel response obtained based on historical signal measurements to obtain channel feedback information and send it to the network device to achieve channel state prediction. Specifically, the implementation method in the channel prediction and model monitoring scenarios can refer to the aforementioned embodiment. The difference is that the operation of performing channel feedback information recovery on the network side can be implemented by the AI network element set on the network side.

本申请实施例提供的上述信道反馈信息传输方法还可以应用于在终端侧实现的模型监控场景,下面结合图13a和图13b对由终端侧执行的模型监控场景下的流程进行说明。The above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to the model monitoring scenario implemented on the terminal side. The process in the model monitoring scenario executed by the terminal side is explained below in combination with Figures 13a and 13b.

基于图6至图10中的任一附图所示的系统架构,参见图13a,本申请实施例提供的由终端侧执行的模型监控场景下的流程示意图。该流程以网络设备和终端为例描述。终端中包括第一AI模型,第一AI模型用于对信道反馈信息进行压缩和量化,网络设备中包括第二AI模型,第二AI模型可以对接收到的信道反馈信息进行恢复。第一AI模型和第二AI模型可以参考图3所示的架构。网络设备和终端的说明可以参考前述实施例,不再赘述。Based on the system architecture shown in any of the figures in Figures 6 to 10, see Figure 13a, a flow chart of a model monitoring scenario performed by the terminal side provided in an embodiment of the present application. The process is described using a network device and a terminal as an example. The terminal includes a first AI model, which is used to compress and quantize channel feedback information. The network device includes a second AI model, which can recover the received channel feedback information. The first AI model and the second AI model can refer to the architecture shown in Figure 3. The description of the network device and the terminal can refer to the aforementioned embodiment and will not be repeated here.

如图13a示,该流程包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 13a, the process includes the following steps:

步骤1301:网络设备向终端发送第一信号。Step 1301: The network device sends a first signal to the terminal.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图11中的步骤1101。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1101 in Figure 11.

步骤1302:终端向网络设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据第一信号获得,或者说所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据真值信道反馈信息获得。这里的真值信道反馈信息可以是直接测量得到的信号测量信息,未经过量化和压缩。Step 1302: The terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device. The first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on the first signal, or in other words, the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on true channel feedback information. The true channel feedback information here can be signal measurement information obtained directly without quantization or compression.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图12a中的步骤1202。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1202 in Figure 12a.

步骤1303:网络设备对第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到第三信道反馈信息。Step 1303: The network device recovers the first channel feedback information to obtain third channel feedback information.

该步骤中,在网络设备侧,第一信道反馈信息被输入第二AI模型,获得第二AI模型输出的第三信道反馈信息。In this step, on the network device side, the first channel feedback information is input into the second AI model to obtain the third channel feedback information output by the second AI model.

步骤1304:网络设备将第三信道反馈信息发送给终端。Step 1304: The network device sends the third channel feedback information to the terminal.

该步骤中,网络设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式,将第三信道反馈信息发送给终端。In this step, the network device may use one of the channel feedback information transmission modes 1 to 7 to send the third channel feedback information to the terminal.

步骤1305:终端根据第三信道反馈信息和真值信道反馈信息进行模型监控,即对第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控。Step 1305: The terminal performs model monitoring based on the third channel feedback information and the true channel feedback information, that is, monitors the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model.

模型监控的具体实现方式可以参考图12a中的步骤1204中的相关内容。For the specific implementation of model monitoring, please refer to the relevant content in step 1204 in Figure 12a.

可选的,图13a所示的流程中还可以包括网络设备向终端发送配置信息的步骤,进一步的,还可以包括终端向网络设备上报终端能力信息的步骤,具体实现方式可以参考前述实施例中的相关内容。Optionally, the process shown in Figure 13a may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant content in the aforementioned embodiments.

上述图13a所示的流程也可以应用于信道状态预测场景。在信道状态预测场景中,终端向网络设备发送第一信道反馈信息是终端根据历史上接收到的第一信号确定得到的,相应的,网络设备可以根据第一信道反馈信息确定预编码矩阵,从而利用历史上的第一信号实现对预编码矩阵的预测。The process shown in FIG. 13a can also be applied to a channel state prediction scenario. In this scenario, the terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device based on the first signal received historically. Accordingly, the network device can determine a precoding matrix based on the first channel feedback information, thereby using the first signal received historically to predict the precoding matrix.

基于图6至图10中任一附图所示的系统架构,参见图13b为本申请实施例提供的另一种由终端侧执行的模型监控场景下的流程示意图。该流程以网络设备和终端为例描述。终端中包括第一AI模型,第一AI模型用于对信道反馈信息进行压缩和量化,网络设备中包括第二AI模型,第二AI模型可以对接收到的信道反馈信息进行恢复。第一AI模型和第二AI模型可以参考图3所示的架构。该架构中还包括AI网元,该AI网元具备模型监控功能。网络设备和终端的说明可以参考前述实施例,不再赘述。Based on the system architecture shown in any of Figures 6 to 10, refer to Figure 13b for another flow chart of a model monitoring scenario performed by the terminal side provided in an embodiment of the present application. The process is described using a network device and a terminal as an example. The terminal includes a first AI model, which is used to compress and quantize channel feedback information. The network device includes a second AI model, which can restore the received channel feedback information. The first AI model and the second AI model can refer to the architecture shown in Figure 3. The architecture also includes an AI network element, which has a model monitoring function. The description of the network device and the terminal can refer to the aforementioned embodiment and will not be repeated here.

如图13b示,该流程包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 13b, the process includes the following steps:

步骤1311:网络设备向终端发送第一信号。Step 1311: The network device sends a first signal to the terminal.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图11中的步骤1101。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1101 in Figure 11.

步骤1312a:终端向网络设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据第一信号获得,或者说所述第一信道反馈信息由第一AI模型根据真值信道反馈信息获得。这里的真值信道反馈信息可以是直接测量得到的信号测量信息,未经过量化和压缩。Step 1312a: The terminal sends first channel feedback information to the network device. The first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on the first signal, or in other words, the first channel feedback information is obtained by the first AI model based on true channel feedback information. The true channel feedback information here can be signal measurement information obtained directly without quantization or compression.

该步骤的具体实现方式可以参考图12a中的步骤1202。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to step 1202 in Figure 12a.

步骤1312b:终端将真值信道反馈信息发送给AI网元。Step 1312b: The terminal sends the true value channel feedback information to the AI network element.

可选的,终端可以将真值信道反馈信息进行量化后再发送给AI网元,以降低信令开销。Optionally, the terminal may quantize the true channel feedback information before sending it to the AI network element to reduce signaling overhead.

步骤1313:网络设备对第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到第三信道反馈信息。Step 1313: The network device recovers the first channel feedback information to obtain third channel feedback information.

该步骤中,在网络设备侧,第一信道反馈信息被输入第二AI模型,获得第二AI模型输出的第三信道反馈信息。In this step, on the network device side, the first channel feedback information is input into the second AI model to obtain the third channel feedback information output by the second AI model.

步骤1314a:网络设备将第三信道反馈信息发送给终端。Step 1314a: The network device sends the third channel feedback information to the terminal.

该步骤中,网络设备可以采用上述信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式,将第三信道反馈信息发送给终端。In this step, the network device may use one of the channel feedback information transmission modes 1 to 7 to send the third channel feedback information to the terminal.

步骤1314b:终端将第三信道反馈信息发送给AI网元。Step 1314b: The terminal sends the third channel feedback information to the AI network element.

步骤1315:AI网元根据第三信道反馈信息和真值信道反馈信息进行模型监控,即对第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控。Step 1315: The AI network element performs model monitoring based on the third channel feedback information and the true channel feedback information, that is, monitors the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model.

模型监控的具体实现方式可以参考图12a中的步骤1204中的相关内容。For the specific implementation of model monitoring, please refer to the relevant content in step 1204 in Figure 12a.

可选的,图13b所示的流程中还可以包括网络设备向终端发送配置信息的步骤,进一步的,还可以包括终端向网络设备上报终端能力信息的步骤,具体实现方式可以参考前述实施例中的相关内容。Optionally, the process shown in Figure 13b may also include a step in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal. Further, it may also include a step in which the terminal reports terminal capability information to the network device. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant content in the aforementioned embodiments.

上述图13b所示的流程也可以应用于信道状态预测场景。在信道状态预测场景中,终端向网络设备发送第一信道反馈信息是终端根据历史上接收到的第一信号确定得到的,相应的,网络设备可以根据第一信道反馈信息确定预编码矩阵,从而利用历史上的第一信号实现对预编码矩阵的预测。The process shown in FIG13b above can also be applied to a channel state prediction scenario. In this scenario, the terminal sends the first channel feedback information to the network device, which is determined by the terminal based on a first signal received historically. Accordingly, the network device can determine the precoding matrix based on the first channel feedback information, thereby using the historical first signal to predict the precoding matrix.

基于图6至图10中任一附图所示的系统架构,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信方法,该通信方法中,第二设备可以向第一设备上报终端能力信息,第一设备可以根据终端能力信息向第二发送配置信息,用以配置第二设备的信道反馈信息的传输。Based on the system architecture shown in any of Figures 6 to 10, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, in which the second device can report terminal capability information to the first device, and the first device can send configuration information to the second device based on the terminal capability information to configure the transmission of channel feedback information of the second device.

参见图14,为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图。该流程以第二设备向第一设备发送信道反馈信息为例进行描述。所述第一设备可以是网络侧设备,例如第一设备可以是基站,所述第二设备可以是终端侧设备。所述网络侧设备可以是网络设备,或者是网络设备中的模块(如芯片),或者是包含有网络设备功能的软件(如控制子系统)等。所述终端侧设备可以终端设备,或者是终端设备中的模块(如芯片),或者是包含有终端设备功能的软件(如控制子系统)等。Refer to Figure 14, which is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The process is described by taking the second device sending channel feedback information to the first device as an example. The first device may be a network side device, for example, the first device may be a base station, and the second device may be a terminal side device. The network side device may be a network device, or a module (such as a chip) in a network device, or software (such as a control subsystem) containing the functions of a network device, etc. The terminal side device may be a terminal device, or a module (such as a chip) in a terminal device, or software (such as a control subsystem) containing the functions of a terminal device, etc.

如图14所示,该流程可以包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 14, the process may include the following steps:

步骤1401:第二设备向第一设备发送终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息用于确定信道反馈信息传输方式。Step 1401: The second device sends terminal capability information to the first device, where the terminal capability information is used to determine a channel feedback information transmission method.

所述终端能力信息也可以理解为用于指示第二设备支持或不支持的信道反馈信息传输方式,或者说用于指示第二设备的信道反馈信息传输能力。The terminal capability information may also be understood as being used to indicate a channel feedback information transmission mode supported or not supported by the second device, or being used to indicate the channel feedback information transmission capability of the second device.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述信道反馈信息传输能力可以包括以下一项或多项:In one possible implementation, the channel feedback information transmission capability may include one or more of the following:

能力1:支持码本特性,或者说支持码本以及码本参数,第二设备可以基于码本方式传输信道反馈信息。Capability 1: Supporting codebook characteristics, or supporting codebooks and codebook parameters. The second device can transmit channel feedback information based on the codebook.

以支持R16码本和R16码本参数为例,支持R16码本指的是第二设备支持采用R16码本的格式(或方式)传输信道反馈信息,即第二设备支持将信道反馈信息处理成R16码本对应的信道反馈信息格式。支持R16码本参数指的是第二设备支持R16码本的配置参数,即终端支持将信道反馈信息处理成该参数所对应的信道反馈信息格式,包括空域基底数量、频域基底数量占比、非零系数占比等。R16码本参数可以如表1所示。Taking support for the R16 codebook and R16 codebook parameters as an example, support for the R16 codebook means that the second device supports the transmission of channel feedback information in the format (or method) of the R16 codebook, that is, the second device supports processing the channel feedback information into the channel feedback information format corresponding to the R16 codebook. Support for the R16 codebook parameters means that the second device supports the configuration parameters of the R16 codebook, that is, the terminal supports processing the channel feedback information into the channel feedback information format corresponding to the parameter, including the number of spatial basis, the proportion of the number of frequency domain basis, the proportion of non-zero coefficients, etc. The R16 codebook parameters can be shown in Table 1.

以支持R16码本和增强的码本参数为例,支持R16码本指的是第二设备支持采用R16码本的格式(或方式)传输信道反馈信息,即第二设备支持将信道反馈信息处理成R16码本对应的信道反馈信息格式。支持增强的码本参数指的是第二设备支持将信道反馈信息处理成增强的码本参数所对应的信道反馈信息格式。增强的码本参数可以如表2所示。Taking support for the R16 codebook and enhanced codebook parameters as an example, support for the R16 codebook means that the second device supports the transmission of channel feedback information in the format (or manner) of the R16 codebook, that is, the second device supports processing the channel feedback information into a channel feedback information format corresponding to the R16 codebook. Support for enhanced codebook parameters means that the second device supports processing the channel feedback information into a channel feedback information format corresponding to the enhanced codebook parameters. The enhanced codebook parameters can be shown in Table 2.

能力2:支持本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式。例如,支持本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式。Capability 2: Supporting the channel feedback information transmission mode provided in the embodiment of the present application. For example, supporting one of the channel feedback information transmission modes 1 to 7 provided in the embodiment of the present application.

示例性的,终端能力信息指示第二设备支持根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵。或者说,终端能力信息指示第二设备支持上述信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式。可选的,终端能力信息可以包括第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示上述信道反馈信息传输方式一至七中的一种方式。例如,第二指示信息为3比特信息,当该3比特信息为0时,指示第二设备支持上述信道反馈信息传输方式一,当该3比特信息为1时,指示第二设备支持上述信道反馈信息传输方式二,以此类推。Exemplarily, the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports determining a coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. In other words, the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports one of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission modes one to seven. Optionally, the terminal capability information may include second indication information, and the second indication information indicates one of the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission modes one to seven. For example, the second indication information is 3-bit information. When the 3-bit information is 0, it indicates that the second device supports the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode one. When the 3-bit information is 1, it indicates that the second device supports the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode two, and so on.

可以理解,终端能力信息指示能力2,也可以理解为该终端能力信息指示第二设备不支持码本特性,或者说不支持目前协议定义的码本特性,比如不支持R16码本特性,或者说该终端能力信息指示第二设备不支持根据空域基底矩阵中的部分向量和频域基底矩阵中的部分向量确定系数矩阵。It can be understood that the terminal capability information indicates capability 2, and it can also be understood that the terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support the codebook characteristics, or does not support the codebook characteristics defined by the current protocol, such as not supporting the R16 codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support determining the coefficient matrix based on partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix and partial vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

能力3:支持码本的接收。Capability 3: Support codebook reception.

以R16码本为例,支持码本的接收指的是第二设备支持接收R16码本格式的信道反馈信息,即第二设备可以将R16码本格式的信道反馈信息处理成原始信道反馈信息(这里的原始信道反馈信息指的是预编码矩阵形式的信道反馈信息,而不是未经过处理的信道反馈信息)。第二设备接收信道反馈信息可用于第二设备侧模型监控场景。例如参见图13a,第一设备将恢复得到的信道反馈信息发送给第二设备,该信道反馈信息可以采用R16码本格式发送。第二设备接收信道反馈信息也可用于数据集传输场景,例如,第一设备将数据集发送给第二设备,该数据集中的信道反馈信息可以采用R16码本格式表示。R16码本的接收相比于R16码本的发送对终端能力的要求较低,例如,第二设备将非零系数按照其位置对系数矩阵进行赋值,再根据基底选择信息将系数矩阵恢复为预编码矩阵,无需进行基底选择等操作,因此不支持R16码本发送的第二设备有可能支持R16码本接收。Taking the R16 codebook as an example, supporting codebook reception means that the second device supports receiving channel feedback information in the R16 codebook format, that is, the second device can process the channel feedback information in the R16 codebook format into original channel feedback information (the original channel feedback information here refers to the channel feedback information in the form of a precoding matrix, not the unprocessed channel feedback information). The second device receiving the channel feedback information can be used for the second device side model monitoring scenario. For example, referring to Figure 13a, the first device sends the recovered channel feedback information to the second device, and the channel feedback information can be sent in the R16 codebook format. The second device receiving the channel feedback information can also be used in the data set transmission scenario. For example, the first device sends the data set to the second device, and the channel feedback information in the data set can be represented in the R16 codebook format. The reception of the R16 codebook has lower requirements on the terminal capability than the transmission of the R16 codebook. For example, the second device assigns the non-zero coefficients to the coefficient matrix according to their positions, and then restores the coefficient matrix to the precoding matrix according to the basis selection information. There is no need to perform operations such as basis selection. Therefore, the second device that does not support R16 codebook transmission may support R16 codebook reception.

能力4:支持CSI标量量化。即,第二设备支持直接对信道反馈信息中的元素进行标量量化。Capability 4: Supporting CSI scalar quantization. That is, the second device supports directly performing scalar quantization on elements in the channel feedback information.

步骤1402:第一设备向第二设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息指示与所述终端能力信息匹配的信道反馈信息传输方式。Step 1402: The first device sends configuration information to the second device, where the configuration information indicates a channel feedback information transmission mode that matches the terminal capability information.

该步骤中,第一设备可以根据第二设备发送的终端能力信息确定与该终端能力信息对应的信道反馈信息传输方式,并根据该信道反馈信息传输方式对第二设备进行信道反馈信息的传输配置,例如为第二设备配置适当的信道反馈信息传输方式和传输参数。In this step, the first device can determine the channel feedback information transmission mode corresponding to the terminal capability information sent by the second device, and configure the transmission of the channel feedback information for the second device according to the channel feedback information transmission mode, for example, configuring an appropriate channel feedback information transmission mode and transmission parameters for the second device.

可选的,第一设备还可以进一步根据信道反馈信息的精度要求和传输开销要求中的至少一项,对第二设备进行信道反馈信息的传输配置。Optionally, the first device may further configure the second device to transmit the channel feedback information according to at least one of an accuracy requirement and a transmission overhead requirement of the channel feedback information.

示例性的,如果终端能力信息指示上述能力1和能力4,则第一设备可以配置第二设备按照R16码本格式发送信道反馈信息,并可以根据表1为第二设备配置码本参数,例如表1中的paramCombination6(请参见表1中值为6的参数组合对应的码本参数)。Exemplarily, if the terminal capability information indicates the above-mentioned capability 1 and capability 4, the first device can configure the second device to send channel feedback information in accordance with the R16 codebook format, and can configure the codebook parameters for the second device according to Table 1, such as paramCombination6 in Table 1 (see the codebook parameters corresponding to the parameter combination with a value of 6 in Table 1).

示例性的,如果终端能力信息指示上述能力1和能力4,则第一设备可以配置第二设备按照R16码本格式发送信道反馈信息,并可以根据表2为第二设备配置码本参数,例如表2中的paramCombination9(请参见表2中值为9的参数组合对应的增强码本参数)。For example, if the terminal capability information indicates the above-mentioned capability 1 and capability 4, the first device can configure the second device to send channel feedback information in accordance with the R16 codebook format, and can configure the codebook parameters for the second device according to Table 2, such as paramCombination9 in Table 2 (see the enhanced codebook parameters corresponding to the parameter combination with a value of 9 in Table 2).

示例性的,如果终端能力信息指示上述能力1和能力4,则第一设备也可以配置第二设备按照本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式发送信道反馈信息。Exemplarily, if the terminal capability information indicates the above-mentioned capability 1 and capability 4, the first device may also configure the second device to send channel feedback information according to the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.

示例性的,如果终端能力信息指示上述能力2和能力4,则第一设备可以配置第二设备按照本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式发送信道反馈信息。Exemplarily, if the terminal capability information indicates the above-mentioned capability 2 and capability 4, the first device may configure the second device to send channel feedback information according to the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.

例如,终端能力信息指示第二设备支持第一信道反馈信息传输方式(例如上述信道反馈信息传输方式一或上述信道反馈信息传输方式二),则配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第一选项,所述第一选项为:确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量。For example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a first channel feedback information transmission mode (for example, the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode one or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode two), the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates a first option, which is: determining the spatial basis for non-zero coefficients as all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and determining the frequency domain basis for non-zero coefficients as all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

再例如,终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第二信道反馈信息传输方式(例如上述信道反馈信息传输方式三或上述信道反馈信息传输方式五),则配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第二选项,所述第二选项为:用于确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量。可选的,所述第一指示信息还指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数。For another example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a second channel feedback information transmission mode (e.g., the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 3 or the above-mentioned channel feedback information transmission mode 5), the configuration information includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a second option, where the second option is: a spatial basis for determining non-zero coefficients is a portion of vectors in a spatial basis matrix, and a frequency domain basis for determining non-zero coefficients is all vectors in a frequency domain basis matrix. Optionally, the first indication information further indicates the number of spatial basis, where the number of spatial basis is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix.

再例如,终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第三信道反馈信息传输方式(例如上述信道反馈信息传输方式四或上述信道反馈信息传输方式六),则配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第三选项,所述第三选项为:用于确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。可选的,所述第一指示信息还指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1。For another example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a third channel feedback information transmission mode (e.g., the channel feedback information transmission mode 4 or the channel feedback information transmission mode 6 described above), the configuration information includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a third option, where the third option is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is a portion of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. Optionally, the first indication information further indicates a frequency domain basis selection ratio, where the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1.

可选的,配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。Optionally, the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, where the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis.

示例性的,如果终端能力信息指示上述能力3和能力4,则第一设备可以配置第二设备按照本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式接收信道反馈信息。Exemplarily, if the terminal capability information indicates the above-mentioned capability 3 and capability 4, the first device may configure the second device to receive channel feedback information according to the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.

示例性的,如果终端能力信息指示上述能力1和能力4,则第一设备也可以配置第二设备按照本申请实施例提供的信道反馈信息传输方式接收信道反馈信息。Exemplarily, if the terminal capability information indicates the above-mentioned capability 1 and capability 4, the first device may also configure the second device to receive channel feedback information according to the channel feedback information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.

所述配置信息包含的内容可以参考前述实施例,不再赘述。The contents of the configuration information can be referred to in the above embodiments and will not be described in detail.

可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,网络设备和终端设备包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。It is understood that in order to implement the functions in the above embodiments, the network devices and terminal devices include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function. Those skilled in the art should readily appreciate that, in combination with the units and method steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed in this application, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in hardware or in a manner driven by computer software depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.

图15和图16为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。这些通信装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中的网络侧设备(第一设备)或终端侧设备(第二设备)的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是上述设备或上述设备中的模块(如芯片)。Figures 15 and 16 are schematic diagrams of the structures of possible communication devices provided in embodiments of the present application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the network-side device (first device) or the terminal-side device (second device) in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and thus can also achieve the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned method embodiments. In embodiments of the present application, the communication device can be the above-mentioned device or a module (such as a chip) in the above-mentioned device.

如图15所示,通信装置1500包括处理单元1510和收发单元1520。通信装置1500用于实现上述图11、图12a、图12b、图13a或图13b中任一附图所示的方法实施例中终端侧设备或网络侧设备的功能。As shown in Figure 15, the communication device 1500 includes a processing unit 1510 and a transceiver unit 1520. The communication device 1500 is used to implement the functions of the terminal side device or the network side device in the method embodiment shown in any of Figures 11, 12a, 12b, 13a or 13b.

当通信装置1500用于实现图11或图12a或图12b所示的方法实施例中终端侧设备(第二设备)的功能时:收发单元1520用于接收来自第一设备的第一信号;处理单元1510用于通过收发单元1520向所述第一设备发送信道反馈信息,所述信道反馈信息根据所述第一信号获得,所述信道反馈信息指示系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得。其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。When the communication device 1500 is used to implement the functions of the terminal-side device (second device) in the method embodiment shown in Figure 11, Figure 12a, or Figure 12b: the transceiver unit 1520 is used to receive a first signal from the first device; the processing unit 1510 is used to send channel feedback information to the first device through the transceiver unit 1520, the channel feedback information being obtained based on the first signal, the channel feedback information indicating quantization information of non-zero coefficients and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating the position of the non-zero coefficient, and the coefficient matrix being obtained based on a spatial basis and a frequency domain basis. The spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option; the first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the second option is: the spatial basis is a portion of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is a portion of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

当通信装置1500用于实现图11或图12a或图12b所示的方法实施例中网络侧设备(第一设备)的功能时:收发单元1520用于向第二设备发送第一信号;收发单元1520还用于接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息,所述信道反馈信息根据所述第一信号获得,所述信道反馈信息指示系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述信道反馈信息、空域基底和频域基底用于预编码矩阵的确定。其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。When the communication device 1500 is used to implement the functions of the network-side device (first device) in the method embodiment shown in Figure 11, Figure 12a, or Figure 12b: the transceiver unit 1520 is used to send a first signal to the second device; the transceiver unit 1520 is also used to receive channel feedback information from the second device, the channel feedback information being obtained based on the first signal, the channel feedback information indicating quantization information of non-zero coefficients in a coefficient matrix and non-zero coefficient selection information, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating the position of the non-zero coefficient, and the channel feedback information, spatial basis, and frequency domain basis being used to determine the precoding matrix. The spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option, or the third option; the first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the second option is: the spatial basis is a portion of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is a portion of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

当通信装置1500用于实现图13a或图13b所示的方法实施例中终端侧设备(第二设备)的功能时:收发单元1520用于接收来自第一设备的第一信号;处理单元1510用于通过收发单元1520向所述第一设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一人工智能AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;收发单元1520用于接收来自所述第一设备的第三信道反馈信息,所述第三信道反馈信息由第二AI模型对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第三信道反馈信息包括系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得。其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。When the communication device 1500 is used to implement the function of the terminal side device (second device) in the method embodiment shown in Figure 13a or Figure 13b: the transceiver unit 1520 is used to receive a first signal from the first device; the processing unit 1510 is used to send first channel feedback information to the first device through the transceiver unit 1520, the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first artificial intelligence AI model according to the first signal, and the first AI model is located in the second device; the transceiver unit 1520 is used to receive third channel feedback information from the first device, the third channel feedback information is obtained by recovering the first channel feedback information by a second AI model, the second AI model is located in the first device, the third channel feedback information includes quantization information of non-zero coefficients in a coefficient matrix and non-zero coefficient selection information, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicates the position of the non-zero coefficient, and the coefficient matrix is obtained according to a spatial domain basis and a frequency domain basis. Among them, the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option or the third option; the first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

当通信装置1500用于实现图13a或图13b所示的方法实施例中网络侧设备(第一设备)的功能时:处理单元1510用于通过收发单元1520向第一设备发送第一信号;收发单元1520用于接收来自所述第一设备的第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一人工智能AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;处理单元1510用于通过收发单元1520向所述第一设备发送第三信道反馈信息,所述第三信道反馈信息由第二AI模型对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第三信道反馈信息包括系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得。其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。When the communication device 1500 is used to implement the functions of the network-side device (first device) in the method embodiment shown in Figure 13a or Figure 13b: the processing unit 1510 is used to send a first signal to the first device through the transceiver unit 1520; the transceiver unit 1520 is used to receive first channel feedback information from the first device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first artificial intelligence (AI) model based on the first signal, and the first AI model is located in the second device; the processing unit 1510 is used to send third channel feedback information to the first device through the transceiver unit 1520, where the third channel feedback information is obtained by recovering the first channel feedback information by a second AI model, and the second AI model is located in the first device, and the third channel feedback information includes quantization information of non-zero coefficients in a coefficient matrix and non-zero coefficient selection information, where the non-zero coefficient selection information indicates the positions of the non-zero coefficients, and the coefficient matrix is obtained based on a spatial domain basis and a frequency domain basis. Among them, the spatial basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option or the third option; the first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; the third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix.

当通信装置1500用于实现图14所示的方法实施例中终端侧设备(第二设备)的功能时:处理单元1510用于通过收发单元1520向第一设备发送终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息用于确定信道反馈信息传输方式;收发单元1520用于接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示与所述终端能力信息匹配的信道反馈信息传输方式。When the communication device 1500 is used to implement the function of the terminal side device (second device) in the method embodiment shown in Figure 14: the processing unit 1510 is used to send terminal capability information to the first device through the transceiver unit 1520, and the terminal capability information is used to determine the channel feedback information transmission method; the transceiver unit 1520 is used to receive configuration information from the first device, and the configuration information is used to indicate the channel feedback information transmission method that matches the terminal capability information.

当通信装置1500用于实现图14所示的方法实施例中网络侧设备(第一设备)的功能时:收发单元1520用于接收来自第一设备的终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息用于确定信道反馈信息传输方式;处理单元1510用于通过收发单元向所述第一设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示与所述终端能力信息匹配的信道反馈信息传输方式。When the communication device 1500 is used to implement the function of the network side device (first device) in the method embodiment shown in Figure 14: the transceiver unit 1520 is used to receive terminal capability information from the first device, and the terminal capability information is used to determine the channel feedback information transmission method; the processing unit 1510 is used to send configuration information to the first device through the transceiver unit, and the configuration information is used to indicate the channel feedback information transmission method that matches the terminal capability information.

有关上述处理单元1510和收发单元1520更详细的描述可以直接参考上述附图所示的方法实施例中相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。A more detailed description of the processing unit 1510 and the transceiver unit 1520 can be directly obtained by referring to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in the above drawings, and will not be repeated here.

本申请的一些实施例提供一种通信装置1600,该通信装置包括处理电路1610。Some embodiments of the present application provide a communication device 1600 , which includes a processing circuit 1610 .

该处理电路1610中可以包括一个或多个处理器,或一个或多个处理器中用于控制或处理功能的全部或部分电路。The processing circuit 1610 may include one or more processors, or all or part of the circuits in one or more processors for controlling or processing functions.

该通信装置1600还可以包括通信电路1620。The communication device 1600 may further include a communication circuit 1620 .

其中,通信装置1600为网络设备或终端设备的情况下,通信电路1620可以为收发器或收发电路或接口电路。通信装置1600为用于网络设备或终端设备的芯片时,通信电路1620可以为收发电路或接口电路。通信装置为服务器时,通信电路可以为收发电路或接口电路。When communication device 1600 is a network device or a terminal device, communication circuit 1620 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or an interface circuit. When communication device 1600 is a chip for a network device or a terminal device, communication circuit 1620 may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. When communication device 1600 is a server, communication circuit 1620 may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.

可选的,该通信装置1600中还可以包括存储器1630。该存储器1630用于存储处理器执行的指令或存储处理器运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器运行指令后产生的数据。Optionally, the communication device 1600 may further include a memory 1630. The memory 1630 is used to store instructions executed by the processor, or to store input data required by the processor to execute instructions, or to store data generated after the processor executes instructions.

当通信装置1600用于实现上述附图所示的方法时,处理器用于实现上述处理单元的功能,通信电路用于实现上述收发单元的功能。When the communication device 1600 is used to implement the method shown in the above figures, the processor is used to implement the functions of the above processing unit, and the communication circuit is used to implement the functions of the above transceiver unit.

当上述通信装置1600为应用于上述设备的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中相应设备的功能。该芯片从设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他设备发送给该设备的;或者,该芯片向该设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息。When the communication device 1600 is a chip implemented in the aforementioned device, the chip implements the functions of the corresponding device in the aforementioned method embodiment. The chip receives information from other modules in the device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), where the information is sent to the device by other modules; or the chip sends information to other modules in the device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna).

当上述通信装置1600为应用于移动节点的模块时,该模块实现上述方法实施例中移动节点的功能。该模块从其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是终端发送给设备的;或者,该模块向设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是设备发送给终端的。这里的模块可以是设备的基带芯片,也可以是DU或其他模块,这里的DU可以是开放式无线接入网(open radio access network,O-RAN)架构下的DU。When the communication device 1600 is a module applied to a mobile node, the module implements the functions of the mobile node in the above method embodiments. The module receives information from other modules (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), which is information sent by the terminal to the device; or the module sends information to other modules in the device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), which is information sent by the device to the terminal. The module here can be the baseband chip of the device, or it can be a DU or other module. The DU here can be a DU under the open radio access network (O-RAN) architecture.

可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It is understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or may be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.

本申请中,提供通信装置的另一种示例,该通信装置包括至少一个处理器和至少一个存储器,该至少一个处理器和该至少一个存储器耦合,该至少一个存储器用于存储指令,当该指令被该至少一个处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行上述实施例中的方法。以通信装置包括一个处理器和一个存储器为例,如图17所示,通信装置1700包括一个处理器1710和一个存储器1730。处理器1710和存储器1730耦合,存储器1730中存储有指令,当存储器1730中存储的指令被处理器1710执行时,通信装置1700执行上述实施例中终端侧设备或网络侧设备执行的方法。In this application, another example of a communication device is provided, which includes at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one processor and the at least one memory being coupled, the at least one memory being used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the at least one processor, the communication device performs the method in the above-mentioned embodiment. Taking the communication device including a processor and a memory as an example, as shown in Figure 17, the communication device 1700 includes a processor 1710 and a memory 1730. The processor 1710 and the memory 1730 are coupled, and the memory 1730 stores instructions. When the instructions stored in the memory 1730 are executed by the processor 1710, the communication device 1700 performs the method performed by the terminal-side device or the network-side device in the above-mentioned embodiment.

应理解,处理器1710和存储器1730也可以集成在一起,比如集成在一个芯片中。It should be understood that the processor 1710 and the memory 1730 may also be integrated together, such as in one chip.

本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以在硬件中实现,也可以在可由处理器执行的软件指令中实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络侧设备或终端侧设备中。处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络侧设备或终端侧设备中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware or in software instructions that can be executed by a processor. The software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory, registers, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium well known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. The storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in an ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a network side device or a terminal side device. The processor and storage medium can also exist in a network side device or a terminal side device as discrete components.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、服务器、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。In the above embodiments, all or part of the embodiments may be implemented using software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, all or part of the embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are performed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a server, a network device, a user device, or other programmable device. The computer program or instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transferred from one computer-readable storage medium to another. For example, the computer program or instructions may be transferred from one website, computer, server, or data center to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, hard disk, or magnetic tape; an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; or a semiconductor medium, such as a solid-state drive. The computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.

在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified or there is a logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced by each other. The technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.

本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。“包括A,B和C中的至少一个”可以表示:包括A;包括B;包括C;包括A和B;包括A和C;包括B和C;包括A、B和C。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "more" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an "or" relationship; in the formula of this application, the character "/" indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in a "division" relationship. "Including at least one of A, B and C" can mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C.

可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It is understood that the various numbers used in the embodiments of this application are merely for ease of description and are not intended to limit the scope of the embodiments of this application. The order of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not necessarily imply a specific order of execution; the order of execution of the processes should be determined by their functions and inherent logic.

Claims (63)

一种信道反馈信息传输方法,其特征在于,应用于第二设备,包括:A channel feedback information transmission method, characterized by being applied to a second device, comprising: 接收来自第一设备的第一信号;receiving a first signal from a first device; 向所述第一设备发送信道反馈信息,所述信道反馈信息根据所述第一信号获得,所述信道反馈信息指示系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得;Sending channel feedback information to the first device, where the channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal, the channel feedback information indicating quantization information of non-zero coefficients and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating positions of the non-zero coefficients, and the coefficient matrix is obtained based on a spatial domain basis and a frequency domain basis; 其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;The spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option or the third option; 所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;The first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; 所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;The second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; 所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。The third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第二选项;The method according to claim 1, wherein the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the second option; 所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。The channel feedback information further includes spatial basis selection information, where the spatial basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第三选项;The method of claim 1, wherein the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option; 所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。The channel feedback information further includes frequency domain basis selection information, where the frequency domain basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信道反馈信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底根据空域过采样因子选择信息确定,所述空域过采样因子选择信息基于来自所述第一设备的配置,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预配置的,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预定义的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3 is characterized in that the spatial basis is determined according to spatial oversampling factor selection information, the spatial oversampling factor selection information is based on a configuration from the first device, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is predefined. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising: 向所述第一设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一人工智能AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;Sending first channel feedback information to the first device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first artificial intelligence (AI) model based on the first signal, and the first AI model is located on the second device; 所述向所述第一设备发送信道反馈信息,包括:The sending channel feedback information to the first device includes: 向所述第一设备发送第二信道反馈信息,所述第二信道反馈信息用于对所述第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第二AI模型用于对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复。Sending second channel feedback information to the first device, where the second channel feedback information is used to monitor performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model, where the second AI model is located on the first device, and the second AI model is used to recover the first channel feedback information. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising: 向所述第一设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一人工智能AI模型根据一个或多个第二信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备,所述一个或多个第二信号不晚于所述第一信号且所述第一信道反馈信息为预测的信道反馈信息;Sending first channel feedback information to the first device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first artificial intelligence (AI) model based on one or more second signals, the first AI model is located on the second device, the one or more second signals are no later than the first signal, and the first channel feedback information is predicted channel feedback information; 所述向所述第一设备发送信道反馈信息,包括:The sending channel feedback information to the first device includes: 向所述第一设备发送第二信道反馈信息,所述第二信道反馈信息为所述第一信道反馈信息所对应的真值信道反馈信息,所述第二信道反馈信息用于对所述第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第二AI模型用于对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复。Sending second channel feedback information to the first device, where the second channel feedback information is true channel feedback information corresponding to the first channel feedback information, and the second channel feedback information is used to monitor the performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model. The second AI model is located on the first device, and the second AI model is used to recover the first channel feedback information. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising: 接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项;receiving configuration information from the first device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to determine the first option, the second option, or the third option; 所述向所述第一设备发送信道反馈信息,包括:The sending channel feedback information to the first device includes: 根据所述第一指示信息确定所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项;Determine the first option, the second option, or the third option according to the first indication information; 根据所述第一选项、第二选项或第三选项确定所述信道反馈信息;Determine the channel feedback information according to the first option, the second option, or the third option; 向所述第一设备发送所述信道反馈信息。Sending the channel feedback information to the first device. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。The method according to claim 8 is characterized in that the configuration information also includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第二选项,所述第一指示信息指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数;The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first indication information is used to determine the second option, the first indication information indicates the number of spatial basis, and the number of spatial basis is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix; 所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述空域基底数量确定的;The channel feedback information further includes spatial basis selection information, where the spatial basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the spatial basis matrix, where the portion of vectors is determined according to the number of spatial basis; 所述系数矩阵根据所述空域基底选择信息指示的空域基底向量和所述频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定。The coefficient matrix is determined according to the spatial basis vector indicated by the spatial basis selection information and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定第三选项,所述第一指示信息指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1;The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first indication information is used to determine the third option, the first indication information indicates a frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1; 所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述频域基底选择比例确定的;The channel feedback information further includes frequency domain basis selection information, where the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, where the portion of vectors is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio; 所述系数矩阵根据所述频域基底选择信息指示的频域基底向量和所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定。The coefficient matrix is determined according to the frequency domain basis vector indicated by the frequency domain basis selection information and all vectors in the spatial domain basis matrix. 如权利要求8-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 11, characterized in that, before receiving the configuration information from the first device, the method further comprises: 向所述第一设备发送终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备不支持码本特性,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵的能力。Terminal capability information is sent to the first device, where the terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support the codebook feature, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine a coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 一种信道反馈信息传输方法,其特征在于,应用于第一设备,包括:A channel feedback information transmission method, characterized by being applied to a first device, comprising: 向第二设备发送第一信号;sending a first signal to a second device; 接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息,所述信道反馈信息根据所述第一信号获得,所述信道反馈信息指示系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述信道反馈信息、空域基底和频域基底用于预编码矩阵的确定;receiving channel feedback information from the second device, where the channel feedback information is obtained based on the first signal, the channel feedback information indicating quantization information of non-zero coefficients and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, the non-zero coefficient selection information indicating positions of the non-zero coefficients, and the channel feedback information, a spatial domain basis, and a frequency domain basis are used to determine a precoding matrix; 其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;The spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option or the third option; 所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;The first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; 所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;The second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; 所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。The third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第二选项;The method of claim 13, wherein the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the second option; 所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于所述系数矩阵的确定。The channel feedback information further includes spatial basis selection information, where the spatial basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第三选项;The method of claim 13, wherein the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option; 所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于所述系数矩阵的确定。The channel feedback information further includes frequency domain basis selection information, where the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the portion of vectors is used to determine the coefficient matrix. 如权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信道反馈信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于所述空域基底的确定。The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis. 如权利要求13-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底根据空域过采样因子选择信息确定,所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预配置的或预定义的;或者,The method according to any one of claims 13-14, characterized in that the spatial basis is determined according to spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured or predefined; or 所述方法还包括:The method further comprises: 向所述第二设备发送空域过采样因子选择信息。Send spatial oversampling factor selection information to the second device. 如权利要求13-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 17, further comprising: 接收来自所述第二设备的第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一人工智能AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;receiving first channel feedback information from the second device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first artificial intelligence (AI) model according to the first signal, and the first AI model is located in the second device; 所述接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息,包括:The receiving channel feedback information from the second device includes: 接收来自所述第二设备的第二信道反馈信息,所述第二信道反馈信息用于对所述第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第二AI模型用于对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复。Second channel feedback information is received from the second device, where the second channel feedback information is used to monitor performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model, the second AI model is located in the first device, and the second AI model is used to recover the first channel feedback information. 如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 18, further comprising: 接收来自所述第二设备的第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一人工智能AI模型根据一个或多个第二信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备,所述一个或多个第二信号不晚于所述第一信号且所述第一信道反馈信息为预测的信道反馈信息;receiving first channel feedback information from the second device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first artificial intelligence (AI) model based on one or more second signals, the first AI model is located on the second device, the one or more second signals are no later than the first signal, and the first channel feedback information is predicted channel feedback information; 所述接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息,包括:The receiving channel feedback information from the second device includes: 接收来自所述第二设备的第二信道反馈信息,所述第二信道反馈信息为所述第一信道反馈信息所对应的真值信道反馈信息,所述第二信道反馈信息用于对所述第一AI模型和/或第二AI模型的性能进行监控,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第二AI模型用于对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复。Receive second channel feedback information from the second device, where the second channel feedback information is true channel feedback information corresponding to the first channel feedback information, and the second channel feedback information is used to monitor performance of the first AI model and/or the second AI model. The second AI model is located on the first device, and the second AI model is used to recover the first channel feedback information. 如权利要求13-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 19, further comprising: 向所述第二设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项;Sending configuration information to the second device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first option, the second option, or the third option; 所述接收来自所述第二设备的信道反馈信息之后,还包括:After receiving the channel feedback information from the second device, the method further includes: 根据所述信道反馈信息以及所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一选项、第二选项或第三选项,确定预编码矩阵。A precoding matrix is determined according to the channel feedback information and the first option, the second option, or the third option indicated by the first indication information. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。The method as claimed in claim 20 is characterized in that the configuration information also includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis. 如权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息指示所述第二选项和空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数;The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the first indication information indicates the second option and a number of spatial basis, and the number of spatial basis is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix; 所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述空域基底数量确定的;The channel feedback information further includes spatial basis selection information, where the spatial basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the spatial basis matrix, where the portion of vectors is determined according to the number of spatial basis; 所述根据所述信道反馈信息以及所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一选项、第二选项或第三选项,确定预编码矩阵,包括:The determining a precoding matrix according to the channel feedback information and the first option, the second option, or the third option indicated by the first indication information includes: 根据所述信道反馈信息中非零系数的量化信息和所述非零系数选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示的空域基底向量和所述频域基底矩阵中的所有向量,确定所述预编码矩阵。The precoding matrix is determined according to the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information and the non-zero coefficient selection information, the spatial basis vector indicated by the spatial basis selection information and all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息指示第三选项和频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1;The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the first indication information indicates the third option and a frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1; 所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述频域基底选择比例确定的;The channel feedback information further includes frequency domain basis selection information, where the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, where the portion of vectors is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio; 所述根据所述信道反馈信息以及所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一选项、第二选项或第三选项,确定预编码矩阵,包括:The determining a precoding matrix according to the channel feedback information and the first option, the second option, or the third option indicated by the first indication information includes: 根据所述信道反馈信息中非零系数的量化信息和所述非零系数选择信息,所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和所述频域基底选择信息指示的频域基底向量,确定所述预编码矩阵。The precoding matrix is determined according to the quantization information of the non-zero coefficients in the channel feedback information and the non-zero coefficient selection information, all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and the frequency domain basis vector indicated by the frequency domain basis selection information. 如权利要求20-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第二设备发送配置信息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein before sending the configuration information to the second device, the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第二设备的终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备不支持码本特性,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵的能力。Receive terminal capability information from the second device, where the terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine a coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 一种信道反馈信息传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting channel feedback information, characterized in that the method comprises: 接收来自第一设备的第一信号;receiving a first signal from a first device; 向所述第一设备发送第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一人工智能AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;Sending first channel feedback information to the first device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first artificial intelligence (AI) model based on the first signal, and the first AI model is located on the second device; 接收来自所述第一设备的第三信道反馈信息,所述第三信道反馈信息由第二AI模型对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第三信道反馈信息包括系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得;receiving third channel feedback information from the first device, where the third channel feedback information is recovered by a second AI model from the first channel feedback information, where the second AI model is located in the first device, the third channel feedback information including quantization information of non-zero coefficients and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, where the non-zero coefficient selection information indicates positions of the non-zero coefficients, where the coefficient matrix is obtained based on a spatial domain basis and a frequency domain basis; 其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;The spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option or the third option; 所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;The first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; 所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;The second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; 所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。The third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 25, further comprising: 接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项。Configuration information is received from the first device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to determine the first option, the second option, or the third option. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息之前,还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein before receiving the configuration information from the first device, the method further comprises: 向所述第一设备发送终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备不支持码本特性,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵的能力。Terminal capability information is sent to the first device, where the terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support the codebook feature, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine a coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求26-27任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息。The method according to any one of claims 26-27 is characterized in that the configuration information also includes spatial oversampling factor selection information. 如权利要求26-28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第二选项,所述第一指示信息指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数;The method according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the first indication information is used to determine the second option, the first indication information indicates a number of spatial basis, and the number of spatial basis is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix; 所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述空域基底数量确定的。The channel feedback information further includes spatial basis selection information, where the spatial basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the portion of vectors is determined according to the number of spatial basis. 如权利要求26-28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定第三选项,所述第一指示信息指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1;The method according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the first indication information is used to determine the third option, the first indication information indicates a frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1; 所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述频域基底选择比例确定的。The channel feedback information further includes frequency domain basis selection information, where the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the portion of vectors is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio. 如权利要求25-27任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第二选项;The method according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the second option; 所述第三信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。The third channel feedback information further includes spatial basis selection information, where the spatial basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix. 如权利要求25-27任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第三选项;The method according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option; 所述第三信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。The third channel feedback information further includes frequency domain basis selection information, where the frequency domain basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix. 如权利要求25-32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信道反馈信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 32, wherein the third channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis. 如权利要求25-32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底根据空域过采样因子选择信息确定,所述空域过采样因子选择信息基于来自所述第一设备的配置,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预配置的,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预定义的。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 32, characterized in that the spatial basis is determined according to spatial oversampling factor selection information, the spatial oversampling factor selection information is based on a configuration from the first device, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is predefined. 一种信道反馈信息传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting channel feedback information, characterized in that the method comprises: 向第一设备发送第一信号;sending a first signal to a first device; 接收来自所述第一设备的第一信道反馈信息,所述第一信道反馈信息由第一人工智能AI模型根据所述第一信号获得,所述第一AI模型位于所述第二设备;receiving first channel feedback information from the first device, where the first channel feedback information is obtained by a first artificial intelligence (AI) model according to the first signal, and the first AI model is located on the second device; 向所述第一设备发送第三信道反馈信息,所述第三信道反馈信息由第二AI模型对所述第一信道反馈信息进行恢复得到,所述第二AI模型位于所述第一设备,所述第三信道反馈信息包括系数矩阵中非零系数的量化信息和非零系数选择信息,所述非零系数选择信息指示所述非零系数的位置,所述系数矩阵根据空域基底和频域基底获得;sending third channel feedback information to the first device, where the third channel feedback information is recovered by a second AI model from the first channel feedback information, where the second AI model is located in the first device, the third channel feedback information including quantization information of non-zero coefficients and non-zero coefficient selection information in a coefficient matrix, where the non-zero coefficient selection information indicates positions of the non-zero coefficients, where the coefficient matrix is obtained based on a spatial domain basis and a frequency domain basis; 其中,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足第一选项、第二选项或第三选项;The spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the first option, the second option or the third option; 所述第一选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;The first option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; 所述第二选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量;The second option is: the spatial basis is part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is all the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix; 所述第三选项为:所述空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,所述频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。The third option is: the spatial basis is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 35, further comprising: 向所述第二设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第一选项、所述第二选项或所述第三选项。Configuration information is sent to the second device, where the configuration information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to determine the first option, the second option, or the third option. 如权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第二设备发送配置信息之前,还包括:The method of claim 36, wherein before sending the configuration information to the second device, the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第一设备的终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备不支持码本特性,或者所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备具备根据空域基底矩阵中的所有向量和/或频域基底矩阵中的所有向量确定系数矩阵的能力。Receive terminal capability information from the first device, where the terminal capability information indicates that the second device does not support codebook characteristics, or the terminal capability information indicates that the second device has the ability to determine a coefficient matrix based on all vectors in the spatial basis matrix and/or all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求36-37任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息。The method according to any one of claims 36-37 is characterized in that the configuration information also includes spatial oversampling factor selection information. 如权利要求36-38任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述第二选项,所述第一指示信息指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数;The method according to any one of claims 36 to 38, wherein the first indication information is used to determine the second option, the first indication information indicates a number of spatial basis, and the number of spatial basis is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix; 所述信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述空域基底数量确定的。The channel feedback information further includes spatial basis selection information, where the spatial basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the portion of vectors is determined according to the number of spatial basis. 如权利要求36-38任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定第三选项,所述第一指示信息指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1;The method according to any one of claims 36 to 38, wherein the first indication information is used to determine the third option, the first indication information indicates a frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1; 所述信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量是根据所述频域基底选择比例确定的。The channel feedback information further includes frequency domain basis selection information, where the frequency domain basis selection information indicates a portion of vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the portion of vectors is determined according to the frequency domain basis selection ratio. 如权利要求35-37任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第二选项;The method according to any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the second option; 所述第三信道反馈信息还包括空域基底选择信息,所述空域基底选择信息指示所述空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。The third channel feedback information further includes spatial basis selection information, where the spatial basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix. 如权利要求35-37任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底和所述频域基底满足所述第三选项;The method according to any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein the spatial domain basis and the frequency domain basis satisfy the third option; 所述第三信道反馈信息还包括频域基底选择信息,所述频域基底选择信息指示所述频域基底矩阵中的部分向量,所述部分向量用于确定所述系数矩阵。The third channel feedback information further includes frequency domain basis selection information, where the frequency domain basis selection information indicates partial vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix, and the partial vectors are used to determine the coefficient matrix. 如权利要求35-42任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信道反馈信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。The method according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein the third channel feedback information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis. 如权利要求35-42任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述空域基底根据空域过采样因子选择信息确定,所述空域过采样因子选择信息基于来自所述第一设备的配置,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预配置的,或所述空域过采样因子选择信息是预定义的。The method according to any one of claims 35 to 42, characterized in that the spatial basis is determined according to spatial oversampling factor selection information, the spatial oversampling factor selection information is based on a configuration from the first device, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is preconfigured, or the spatial oversampling factor selection information is predefined. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises: 向第一设备发送终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息用于确定信道反馈信息传输方式;Sending terminal capability information to the first device, where the terminal capability information is used to determine a channel feedback information transmission mode; 接收来自所述第一设备的配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示与所述终端能力信息匹配的信道反馈信息传输方式。Receive configuration information from the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a channel feedback information transmission mode that matches the terminal capability information. 如权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第一信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;The method of claim 45, wherein the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a first channel feedback information transmission mode or supports a codebook characteristic; 所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第一选项,所述第一选项为:确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量。The configuration information includes first indication information, which indicates a first option, which is: the spatial basis for determining non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis for determining non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第二信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;The method of claim 45, wherein the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a second channel feedback information transmission mode or supports a codebook characteristic; 所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第二选项,所述第二选项为:用于确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量。The configuration information includes first indication information, which indicates a second option, which is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is a part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求47所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数。The method as claimed in claim 47 is characterized in that the first indication information also indicates the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix. 如权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第三信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;The method of claim 45, wherein the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a third channel feedback information transmission mode or supports a codebook characteristic; 所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第三选项,所述第三选项为:用于确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。The configuration information includes first indication information, which indicates a third option, and the third option is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1。The method as claimed in claim 49 is characterized in that the first indication information also indicates the frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1. 如权利要求45-50任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。The method according to any one of claims 45 to 50 is characterized in that the configuration information also includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises: 接收来自第一设备的终端能力信息,所述终端能力信息用于确定信道反馈信息传输方式;receiving terminal capability information from the first device, where the terminal capability information is used to determine a channel feedback information transmission mode; 向所述第一设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示与所述终端能力信息匹配的信道反馈信息传输方式。Configuration information is sent to the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a channel feedback information transmission mode that matches the terminal capability information. 如权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第一信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;The method of claim 52, wherein the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports the first channel feedback information transmission mode or supports a codebook characteristic; 所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第一选项,所述第一选项为:确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量。The configuration information includes first indication information, which indicates a first option, which is: the spatial basis for determining non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis for determining non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第二信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;The method of claim 52, wherein the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a second channel feedback information transmission mode or supports a codebook characteristic; 所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第二选项,所述第二选项为:用于确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的部分向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的所有向量。The configuration information includes first indication information, which indicates a second option, which is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is a part of the vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求54所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还指示空域基底数量,所述空域基底数量小于所述空域基底矩阵中的所有向量的个数。The method as claimed in claim 54 is characterized in that the first indication information also indicates the number of spatial bases, and the number of spatial bases is less than the number of all vectors in the spatial basis matrix. 如权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端能力信息指示所述第二设备支持第三信道反馈信息传输方式或支持码本特性;The method of claim 52, wherein the terminal capability information indicates that the second device supports a third channel feedback information transmission mode or supports a codebook characteristic; 所述配置信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第三选项,所述第三选项为:用于确定非零系数的空域基底为空域基底矩阵中的所有向量,以及用于确定非零系数的频域基底为频域基底矩阵中的部分向量。The configuration information includes first indication information, which indicates a third option, and the third option is: the spatial basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is all vectors in the spatial basis matrix, and the frequency domain basis used to determine the non-zero coefficients is part of the vectors in the frequency domain basis matrix. 如权利要求56所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还指示频域基底选择比例,所述频域基底选择比例大于0且小于1。The method as claimed in claim 56 is characterized in that the first indication information also indicates the frequency domain basis selection ratio, and the frequency domain basis selection ratio is greater than 0 and less than 1. 如权利要求52-57任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括空域过采样因子选择信息,所述空域过采样因子选择信息用于确定空域基底。The method according to any one of claims 52 to 57 is characterized in that the configuration information further includes spatial oversampling factor selection information, and the spatial oversampling factor selection information is used to determine the spatial basis. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1-12任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求13-24任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求25-34任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求35-44任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求45-51任一项所述方法的单元或者模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求52-58任一项所述方法的单元或者模块。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 12, or includes a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of claims 13 to 24, or includes a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of claims 25 to 34, or includes a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of claims 35 to 44, or includes a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of claims 45 to 51, or includes a unit or module for executing the method as described in any one of claims 52 to 58. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括一个或多个处理器,用于执行至少一个存储器中的程序或指令,以使所述装置执行如权利要求1-12任一项所述方法,执行如权利要求13-24任一项所述方法,执行如权利要求25-34任一项所述方法,执行如权利要求35-44任一项所述方法,执行如权利要求45-51任一项所述方法,或者,执行如权利要求52-58任一项所述方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes one or more processors for executing programs or instructions in at least one memory so that the device performs the method described in any one of claims 1 to 12, the method described in any one of claims 13 to 24, the method described in any one of claims 25 to 34, the method described in any one of claims 35 to 44, the method described in any one of claims 45 to 51, or the method described in any one of claims 52 to 58. 一种可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被执行时,如权利要求1-12任一项所述方法,如权利要求13-24任一项所述方法,如权利要求25-34任一项所述方法,如权利要求35-44任一项所述方法,如权利要求45-51任一项所述方法,或者,如权利要求52-58任一项所述方法被实现。A readable storage medium, characterized in that it is used to store a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, the method according to any one of claims 13 to 24, the method according to any one of claims 25 to 34, the method according to any one of claims 35 to 44, the method according to any one of claims 45 to 51, or the method according to any one of claims 52 to 58 is implemented. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被执行时,如权利要求1-12任一项所述方法,如权利要求13-24任一项所述方法,如权利要求25-34任一项所述方法,如权利要求35-44任一项所述方法,如权利要求45-51任一项所述方法,或者,如权利要求52-58任一项所述方法被实现。A computer program, characterized in that it includes a program or instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, the method according to any one of claims 13 to 24, the method according to any one of claims 25 to 34, the method according to any one of claims 35 to 44, the method according to any one of claims 45 to 51, or the method according to any one of claims 52 to 58 is implemented. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1-12任一项所述方法的装置,用于执行如权利要求13-24任一项所述方法的装置,用于执行如权利要求25-34任一项所述方法的装置,用于执行如权利要求35-44任一项所述方法的装置,用于执行如权利要求45-51任一项所述方法的装置,或者,用于执行如权利要求52-58任一项所述方法的装置中的一项或多项。A communication system, characterized in that it includes one or more of an apparatus for executing the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 12, an apparatus for executing the method as described in any one of claims 13 to 24, an apparatus for executing the method as described in any one of claims 25 to 34, an apparatus for executing the method as described in any one of claims 35 to 44, an apparatus for executing the method as described in any one of claims 45 to 51, or an apparatus for executing the method as described in any one of claims 52 to 58.
PCT/CN2025/085469 2024-04-03 2025-03-27 Channel feedback information transmission method and apparatus Pending WO2025209317A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202410417546.0A CN120785389A (en) 2024-04-03 2024-04-03 Channel feedback information transmission method and device
CN202410417546.0 2024-04-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025209317A1 true WO2025209317A1 (en) 2025-10-09

Family

ID=97266532

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2025/085469 Pending WO2025209317A1 (en) 2024-04-03 2025-03-27 Channel feedback information transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN120785389A (en)
WO (1) WO2025209317A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200235790A1 (en) * 2019-01-18 2020-07-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus to enable segmented csi reporting in wireless communication systems
CN111769857A (en) * 2019-03-30 2020-10-13 华为技术有限公司 A method and communication device for reporting the capability of terminal equipment
CN112312464A (en) * 2019-07-31 2021-02-02 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for reporting channel state information
WO2023010245A1 (en) * 2021-08-02 2023-02-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, terminal and network device
CN115915266A (en) * 2021-08-11 2023-04-04 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for channel information feedback and restoration
CN116939650A (en) * 2022-04-01 2023-10-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Channel characteristic information transmission method and device, terminal and network side equipment
CN117318774A (en) * 2022-06-22 2023-12-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Channel matrix processing method, device, terminal and network side equipment

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200235790A1 (en) * 2019-01-18 2020-07-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus to enable segmented csi reporting in wireless communication systems
CN111769857A (en) * 2019-03-30 2020-10-13 华为技术有限公司 A method and communication device for reporting the capability of terminal equipment
CN114928386A (en) * 2019-03-30 2022-08-19 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for reporting terminal equipment capability
CN112312464A (en) * 2019-07-31 2021-02-02 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for reporting channel state information
WO2023010245A1 (en) * 2021-08-02 2023-02-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, terminal and network device
CN115915266A (en) * 2021-08-11 2023-04-04 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for channel information feedback and restoration
CN116939650A (en) * 2022-04-01 2023-10-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Channel characteristic information transmission method and device, terminal and network side equipment
CN117318774A (en) * 2022-06-22 2023-12-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Channel matrix processing method, device, terminal and network side equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN120785389A (en) 2025-10-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230412430A1 (en) Inforamtion reporting method and apparatus, first device, and second device
CN114642019A (en) Method for acquiring channel information
US20240356595A1 (en) Uplink precoding method and apparatus
US20240348478A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20250081205A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20250096861A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024001744A1 (en) Channel state information reporting method and communication apparatus
US20250141525A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20250226859A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023006096A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024046288A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN118118133A (en) Communication method and device
WO2024208296A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025209317A1 (en) Channel feedback information transmission method and apparatus
CN118509014A (en) Communication method and communication device
US20250202560A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025066754A1 (en) Channel state information feedback method and related product
WO2025139762A1 (en) Channel state information reporting method and related product
US20250088258A1 (en) Model application method and apparatus
WO2025195293A1 (en) Channel state information feedback method and related product
WO2025139843A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025067480A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2025217771A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication device
JP2025542318A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2025185425A1 (en) Wireless model, information processing method and device, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25781614

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1